[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024129482A1 - Glass articles and natively colored glass housings - Google Patents

Glass articles and natively colored glass housings Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024129482A1
WO2024129482A1 PCT/US2023/082809 US2023082809W WO2024129482A1 WO 2024129482 A1 WO2024129482 A1 WO 2024129482A1 US 2023082809 W US2023082809 W US 2023082809W WO 2024129482 A1 WO2024129482 A1 WO 2024129482A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mol
glass article
less
glass
aspects
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2023/082809
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mai L. FUTAGAMI
Xiaoju GUO
Po Hsuen KUO
Sean Thomas Ralph Locker
Liping Xiong SMITH
Original Assignee
Corning Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Corning Incorporated filed Critical Corning Incorporated
Publication of WO2024129482A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024129482A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C3/00Glass compositions
    • C03C3/04Glass compositions containing silica
    • C03C3/076Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight
    • C03C3/089Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron
    • C03C3/091Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron containing aluminium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C14/00Glass compositions containing a non-glass component, e.g. compositions containing fibres, filaments, whiskers, platelets, or the like, dispersed in a glass matrix
    • C03C14/006Glass compositions containing a non-glass component, e.g. compositions containing fibres, filaments, whiskers, platelets, or the like, dispersed in a glass matrix the non-glass component being in the form of microcrystallites, e.g. of optically or electrically active material
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C4/00Compositions for glass with special properties
    • C03C4/02Compositions for glass with special properties for coloured glass
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C2214/00Nature of the non-vitreous component
    • C03C2214/04Particles; Flakes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0279Improving the user comfort or ergonomics
    • H04M1/0283Improving the user comfort or ergonomics for providing a decorative aspect, e.g. customization of casings, exchangeable faceplate

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates generally to glass articles and natively colored glass housings and, more particularly, to glass articles and natively colored glass housings comprising aa plurality of particulates.
  • Glass articles are commonly used, for example, in display devices, for example, liquid crystal displays (LCDs), electrophoretic displays (EPD), organic light-emitting diode displays (OLEDs), plasma display panels (PDPs), or the like. Glass articles can form part of a housing as well as covering the display.
  • LCDs liquid crystal displays
  • EPD electrophoretic displays
  • OLEDs organic light-emitting diode displays
  • PDPs plasma display panels
  • Aluminosilicate glass articles may exhibit superior ion-exchangeability and drop performance.
  • Various industries including the consumer electronics industry, desire colored materials with the same or similar strength and fracture toughness properties as existing, non-colored, ion-exchange strengthened glasses.
  • defects such as unwanted clumps of colorants and/or agglomerations of unmelted raw materials in the glass.
  • glass articles and natively colored glass housings including the same that contain some types of particulates, but not others, such as those that may be unwanted, and where the articles and housings provide a rich, saturated color, which can be aesthetically pleasing.
  • Providing the more saturated color can be achieved without noticeable visual defects associated with the particulates, for example, when a majority of the particulates (or a portion described above) have a maximum dimension less than about 50 pm (e.g., less than about 40 gm). Since the particulates comprise colorants, the particulates enable higher amounts of colorant to be included in glass articles without noticeable visual defects to achieve colors that may not otherwise be possible with a natively colored glass article and/or natively colored glass housing.
  • the particulates of the present disclosure can have a median of a maximum dimension of a particulate and/or a median of a maximum dimension of a cluster size that is 50 pm or less (e.g., 40 pm or less, from 10 pm to 40 pm, from 10 pm to 30 pm), and/or a distribution of the particulates or clusters of the present disclosure greater than 40 pm or more (e.g., 50 pm or more) can be less than 40% (e.g., less than 20%).
  • particulates and/or clusters a corresponding maximum dimension e.g., median of the corresponding maximum dimension or maximum value of the corresponding maximum dimension
  • 30 nm to 50 pm e.g., from 50 nm to 50 pm, 2 pm to 40 pm, etc.
  • the particulates and/or clusters of particulates do not change the color of the glass article even though the particulates and/or clusters comprise the colorant.
  • particulates with a maximum dimension of less than or equal to 2 pm may not be visible even with optical microscopy techniques. Consequently, glass articles with the particulates and/or clusters of particulates described herein can be made in a more cost-effective manner relative to glass articles that are free of such particulates. For example, cheaper and/or less purified raw materials that result in such particulates and/or clusters can be used, and/or processing time associated with dissolving the raw materials can be reduced that can reduce costs and increase cycle time.
  • the particulates and/or clusters of the present disclosure may increase a toughness (e.g., fracture resistance) of the glass article, for example, by deflecting and/or arresting crack propagation that is incident on such structures.
  • a toughness e.g., fracture resistance
  • the glass-based material of the glass article can provide good dimensional stability, good impact resistance, good crack resistance, good puncture resistance, and/or good flexural strength.
  • the glass article can include a compressive stress region (e.g., be chemically strengthened), which can provide improved crack resistance, puncture resistance, impact resistance, and/or improved flexural strength.
  • Minimizing the combination of R2O, CaO, MgO, and ZnO in the glass composition may provide the resultant colored glass article with a desirable dielectric constant, for example when the colored glass article is used as a portion of a housing for an electronic device. Providing a dielectric constant for frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz from 5.6 to 6.4 can allow wireless communication through the glass article.
  • Providing a natively colored glass housing with a colored glass article can eliminate the need for an additional layer to impart color to the housing, which can simplify assembly and provide a more consistent color. Consequently, the natively colored glass housing including the glass article can provide an aesthetically pleasing appearance (e.g., color) while simultaneously protecting an electronic device from damage and/or permitting wireless communication therethrough.
  • a glass article comprising: a thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite the first major surface; and a plurality of particulates distributed throughout a volume of the glass article, the plurality of particulates comprising colorant, the plurality of particulates comprising a plurality of clusters, each cluster comprising one or more particulates of the plurality of particulates with adjacent pairs of particulates within 15 micrometers of one another, and a median of a maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, wherein the glass article exhibits a CIE L* value of about 50 or more, an absolute value of a CIE a* value of the glass article is about 0.3 or more, and an absolute of the CIE b* value of the glass article is about 0.2 or more, and the glass article comprises at least one alkali metal oxide.
  • Aspect 2 The glass article of aspect 1, wherein the colorant comprises chromium, cerium, cobalt, gold, silver, nickel, or combinations thereof.
  • Aspect 3 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-2, wherein a concentration of the colorant is about 50 ppm or more.
  • Aspect 4 The glass article of aspect 3, wherein the concentration of the colorant is from about 500 ppm to about 10,000 ppm.
  • Aspect 5 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein the plurality of particulates comprise a median of an maximum dimension ranging from about 30 nm to about 40 pm.
  • Aspect 6 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein a median of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 2 pm to about 30 pm.
  • Aspect 7 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 30 nm to about 50 pm.
  • Aspect 8 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein 60% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm.
  • Aspect 9 The glass article of any one of claims 7-8, wherein 5% or less of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is 100 pm or more.
  • Aspect 10 The glass article of any one of aspects 5-9, wherein a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is about 50 pm or less.
  • Aspect 11 The glass article of any one of claims 5-10, wherein the plurality of particulates further comprises a set of particulates with a maximum dimension from 30 nm to 2 pm.
  • Aspect 12 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-11, wherein a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
  • Aspect 13 The glass article of aspect 12, wherein the concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
  • Aspect 14 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-13, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 50 nm to about 50 pm.
  • Aspect 15 The glass article of aspect 14, wherein 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm.
  • Aspect 16 The glass article of any one of aspects 14-15, wherein 5% or less of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is 100 pm or more.
  • Aspect 17 The glass article of any one of aspects 13-16, wherein a concentration of the plurality of clusters in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
  • Aspect 18 The glass article of aspect 17, wherein the concentration of the plurality of clusters in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
  • Aspect 20 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-19, wherein the CIE b* value is from about 1.5 to about 5.
  • Aspect 21 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-20, wherein the CIE L* value is from about 80 to 96.
  • Aspect 22 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-21, further comprising: from about 50 mol% to about 75 mol% SiCE; from about 5 mol% to about 20 mol% AI2O3; from about 15 mol% to about 20 mol% of the at least one alkali metal oxide; and at least one of B2O3 or P2O5.
  • Aspect 23 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-21, further comprising: from about 50 mol% to about 75 mol% SiCE; from about 5 mol% to about 20 mol% AI2O3; from about 15 mol% to about 20 mol% of the at least one alkali metal oxide; and at least one of B2O3 or P2O5.
  • the glass article of any one of aspects 1-21 wherein the glass article comprises, as a mol% of the glass article: from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCh; from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3; from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3; from 10 mol% to 16 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide, alkali metal oxides including Li2O, Na2O, and K2O; from 3 mol% to 5 mol% CaO; from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZrCh; and from 0 mol% to 0.25 mol% SnCh.
  • the glass article comprises, as a mol% of the glass article: from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCh; from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3; from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3; from 10 mol% to 16 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide, alkali metal oxides including Li2O, Na2O, and K
  • Aspect 24 The glass article of cany one of aspects 1-23, wherein the glass article comprises a soda lime glass, an alkali aluminosilicate glass, an alkali containing borosilicate glass, or an alkali aluminoborosilicate glass.
  • Aspect 25 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-24, wherein the glass article comprises at least one crystalline phase.
  • Aspect 26 The glass article of aspect 25, wherein a crystallinity of the glass article is 10 wt% or less.
  • Aspect 27 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-26, further comprising a first compressive stress region extending to a first depth of compression from the first compressive stress region.
  • Aspect 28 The glass article of aspect 27, wherein a maximum compressive stress of the first compressive stress region is about 400 MegaPascals or more.
  • Aspect 29 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-28, wherein the glass article comprises a dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GigaHertz to 60 GigaHertz of from about 5.6 to about 6.4.
  • Aspect 30 The glass article of any one of aspects 1-29, wherein the glass article exhibits a fracture toughness of 0.60 MPam 1/2 or more, and a Young’s modulus from about 50 GigaPascals to about 100 GigaPascals.
  • a natively colored glass housing for an electronic device comprising: the glass article of any one of aspects 1-30; circuitry comprising an antenna that transmits signals within a range of 26 GHz to 40 GHz; the glass article at least partially surrounding the circuitry; and a structure formed as an integral portion of the glass article, wherein the structure comprises a perimeter demarcating a second thickness of the structure that differs from the thickness of the glass article by at least 150 pm, wherein the antenna is positioned and oriented such that the signals are transmitted through the structure of the glass sheet of the panel of the housing.
  • a natively colored glass housing for a consumer electronic device comprising: the glass article of any one of claims 1-30; and a reflector layer disposed on the glass article, the reflector layer is opaque and has a CIE L* value > 70, wherein the thickness of the glass article is from about 30 micrometers to about 5 millimeters, a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm through the first thickness is from 3% to 80%.
  • a consumer electronic product comprising: a housing comprising a front surface, a back surface, and side surfaces; electrical components at least partially within the housing, the electrical components comprising a controller, a memory, and a display, the display at or adjacent the front surface of the housing; and a cover substrate disposed over the display, wherein at least one of a portion of the housing comprises the glass article of any one of aspects 1-30.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic plan view of an example consumer electronic device according to aspects of the disclosure.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic perspective view of the example consumer electronic device of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram from a back view of a communicating device, more specifically of a cellular phone, according to an aspect of the disclosure;
  • FIG. 4 is a simplified conceptual view of the device of FIG. 3 in a slightly exploded cross-section taken along line 4-4 of FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 4A shows an enlarged view 4A of FIG. 4
  • FIG. 4B shows an enlarged view 4B of FIG. 4
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of a natively colored glass housing including a glass article in accordance with aspects of the disclosure
  • FIG. 6 shows an enlarged view 6 of FIG. 5
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a flow chart of methods of making glass articles and/or natively colored glass housings in accordance with aspects of the disclosure
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a step in a method of making glass articles and/or natively colored glass housings comprising heating the glass article
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a step in a method of making glass articles and/or natively colored glass housings comprising ion exchange.
  • FIGS. 10-13 schematically represent clusters of particulates observed for example glass articles.
  • FIGS. 3-5 illustrate views of natively colored glass housings 322 or 500 including glass articles 511 that can be incorporated to consumer electronic products (e.g., display devices), for example, those shown in FIGS. 1-4.
  • consumer electronic products e.g., display devices
  • FIGS. 1-4 illustrate consumer electronic products (e.g., display devices), for example, those shown in FIGS. 1-4.
  • a discussion of features of aspects of one foldable apparatus can apply equally to corresponding features of any aspects of the disclosure.
  • identical part numbers throughout the disclosure can indicate that, in some aspects, the identified features are identical to one another and that the discussion of the identified feature of one aspect, unless otherwise noted, can apply equally to the identified feature of any of the other aspects of the disclosure.
  • the consumer electronic product can comprise a front surface, a back surface, and side surfaces.
  • the consumer electronic product can further comprise electrical components at least partially within the housing.
  • the electrical components can comprise a controller, a memory, and a display.
  • the display can be at or adjacent to the front surface of the housing.
  • the display can comprise liquid crystal display (LCD), an electrophoretic displays (EPD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display, or a plasma display panel (PDP).
  • the consumer electronic product can comprise a cover substrate disposed over the display. In aspects, at least one of a portion of the housing or the cover substrate comprises the foldable apparatus discussed throughout the disclosure.
  • the consumer electronic product can comprise a portable electronic device, for example, a smartphone, a tablet, a wearable device, or a laptop.
  • the foldable apparatus disclosed herein may be incorporated into another article, for example, an article with a display (or display articles) (e.g., consumer electronics, including mobile phones, tablets, computers, navigation systems, wearable devices (e.g., watches), and the like), architectural articles, transportation articles (e.g., automotive, trains, aircraft, sea craft, etc.), appliance articles, or any article that may benefit from some transparency, scratch-resistance, abrasion resistance or a combination thereof.
  • FIGS. 1-2 An exemplary article incorporating any of the foldable apparatus disclosed herein is shown in FIGS. 1-2. Specifically, FIGS. 1-2 show a consumer electronic device 100 including a housing 102 having front 104, back 106, and side surfaces 108.
  • the consumer electronic device can comprise electrical components that are at least partially inside or entirely within the housing.
  • electrical components include at least a controller, a memory, and a display.
  • the display 110 can be at or adjacent to the front surface of the housing 102.
  • the consumer electronic device can comprise a cover substrate 112 at or over the front surface of the housing 102 such that it is over the display 110.
  • at least a portion of the housing 102 may include the glass article and/or the natively colored glass housing disclosed herein.
  • a communicating device 310 i.e., electronic device with wireless signal communication capability; e.g., broadband communicating device, cellular phone, smartphone, control panel, console, dashboard, tablet, handheld computer, electronic tool
  • circuitry 312 see FIG. 4
  • the consumer electronic device 100 shown in FIGS. 1-2 is an example of the communicating device 310.
  • the circuitry 312 includes an antenna 314.
  • the circuitry 312 may further include other components, for example a camera 316 (FIG. 3), printed circuit board, processor, memory, display 110 (FIG. 3), battery, connector port, and other componentry.
  • the antenna 314 can comprise a patterned metal wire or layer, or other such device (e.g., transceiver, receiver, transmitter, antenna array, communication module) configured to transmit and/or receive communication signals at or over a frequency range.
  • a surface area of the antenna is defined as an area within a perimeter 338 surrounding the antenna.
  • the surface area of the antenna can be 25 cm 2 or less, 15 cm 2 or less, 10 cm 2 or less, 100 pm 2 or more, 1 mm 2 or more, 25 mm 2 or more, or 100 mm 2 or more.
  • the antenna 314 can be configured for wireless communication (e.g., transmitting, receiving, operating, and/or otherwise communicating) with transmission of signals at a frequency of 100 MHz or more, 1 GHz or more, 10 GHz or more, 24 GHz or more, 24.25 GHz or more, GHz or more, 26 GHz or more, 28 GHz or more, 100 GHz or less, 60 GHz or less, 50 GHz or less, 47 GHz or less, or 40 GHz or less.
  • the antenna may operate in a frequency range from 26 GHz to 40 GHz or from 60 GHz to 80 GHz.
  • the antenna 314 can be positioned and/or oriented such that signals are transmitted through the structure 326 (e.g., directly facing the structure 326, the structure 326 may overlay at least a portion of the antenna 314).
  • a minimum distance between the antenna 314 to a portion of the glass article defining the structure 326 can be 5 mm or less, 3 mm or less, 2 mm or less, or 0.6 mm or less.
  • the antenna 314 and the portion of the glass article defining the structure 326 may be in direct contact or separated only by a thickness of the coating 328.
  • the communicating device 310 includes a housing 102 enclosing some or all of the circuitry 312.
  • the housing 102 may include a frame 320, for example a metallic (e.g., aluminum, steel) sidewall, a natively colored glass housing 322 (e.g., back), and a display 110 (e.g., see FIGS. 1- 2).
  • the housing 102 may include alternative structures as well, for example a panel integral with frame forming a back with sidewalls within which circuitry 312 and other components may be located, and/or such as having the housing 102 integrated with a keyboard, touch panel, or other features in addition to or instead of the display.
  • the natively colored glass housing 322 may comprise (e.g., include, mostly consist of by weight or volume, be) a glass article 350.
  • the glass article 350 may be flat, may have curved edges, may be bowed, or otherwise.
  • the natively colored glass housing 322 may include layer(s) 328, for example a scratch-resistant coating, an anti -reflective, or other coatings on a surface of the glass article 350 (e.g., first major surface 332, second major surface 330 of the glass article 350), and may further include decorative ink and/or other layers on a surface thereof as well.
  • the coating 328 on the second major surface 330 of the glass article can comprise any of the aspects and/or be the same as the reflector 501 discussed below with reference to FIG. 5.
  • the natively colored glass housing may simply consist of a sheet of glass, where layers, coatings, etc. are unneeded for the corresponding device.
  • the glass article 350 includes a structure 326.
  • the structure 326 may be an integral portion of the glass article 350 such that glass of the glass article 350 continuously extends throughout the glass article 350, including defining the structure 326.
  • the structure 326 may be a recess, trench, bump, plateau, or other feature formed in or on the glass article 350.
  • the glass article 350 may have more than one such structure 326.
  • Such a structure may be formed in many conceivable ways, for example, by etching away a portion of the glass article 350, milling away a portion of the glass article 350, pressing the glass of the glass article 350 in a mold, welding additional glass onto the glass article 350.
  • a major surface may be surrounded by edges of a sheet that extend between the major surfaces.
  • major surfaces may be surfaces thereof have areas defined by perimeters of edges, where the major surfaces have surface areas substantially greater than other surfaces of the body (e.g., sidewalls), for example at least 50% greater.
  • the glass article 350 comprises a thickness 337, which is defined as an average distance between the second major surface 330 and the first major surface 332 opposite the first major surface excluding any portion of the glass article 350 including the structure 326 descried above.
  • the thickness 337 can be within one or more of the ranges discussed below for the thickness 517 with reference to FIG. 5.
  • the thickness 337 can be substantially uniform across the second major surface 330 and/or more than 50% of the glass article can comprise a local thickness within 10% of the thickness 337.
  • the structure 326 comprises a perimeter 340 on a major surface (e.g., second major surface 330) of the glass article 350, where the perimeter 340 demarcates a second thickness 327 of the structure 326 that differs from the thickness 337, for example, by 50 pm or more, by 100 pm or more, by 150 pm or more, by 200 pm or more, by 300 pm or more, by 500 pm or more (e.g., located at comer 336 as shown in FIG. 4B).
  • a major surface e.g., second major surface 330
  • the perimeter 340 demarcates a second thickness 327 of the structure 326 that differs from the thickness 337, for example, by 50 pm or more, by 100 pm or more, by 150 pm or more, by 200 pm or more, by 300 pm or more, by 500 pm or more (e.g., located at comer 336 as shown in FIG. 4B).
  • the second thickness 327 of the structure 326 may be 600 pm or less, 500 pm or less, or 400 pm or less, while the thickness 337 of the glass article 350 may be 600 pm or more, 700 pm or more, 800 pm or more (or any of the ranges described herein for the thickness 517).
  • the second thickness 327 may be greater than the thickness 337 by 50 pm or more, by 100 pm or more, by 150 pm or more, by 200 pm or more, by 300 pm or more, by 500 pm or more. As shown in FIGS.
  • the perimeter 340 forms a closed loop on the major surface (e.g., second major surface 330), where a shape of the perimeter 340 may be rectilinear, curved, or curvilinear and can comprise any shape (e.g., square, blocky, ziggurat-shaped with rectangular rows of diminishing length overlaying one another, triangular, oval, or even more complex geometries).
  • the perimeter 340 of the structure 326 may be shaped as a silhouette of a logo and/or registered trademark or other recognizable design or shape.
  • a surface area of the structure is defined as the surface area within the perimeter of the structure projected onto the first major surface of the glass article.
  • a surface area of the structure 326 may be 100 cm 2 or less, 50 cm 2 or less, 25 cm 2 or less, 25 pm 2 or more, 100 pm 2 or more, 1 mm 2 or more, 25 mm 2 or more, or 4 cm 2 or more.
  • the glass article can comprise a housing of a communicating device and the glass article may have more than one such structure, as shown in FIG. 3, where the structure 326 overlays the antenna 314 while another structure 342 forms a portion of a camera or sensor encasement (e.g., camera 316).
  • the structure 326 and/or 342 can overlay at least a portion and/or all of the surface area corresponding to the antenna 314 and/or the camera 316
  • Forming the structure 326 and/or 342 in a middle or interior portion of the glass article 350, spaced inward from outside edges 344 of the glass article 350 may help mitigate structural weaknesses or stress concentrations of the glass article 350 that may be associated forming the structure 326 and/or 342.
  • Forming edges or corners 334 and/or 336 (see FIGS. 4A-4B) or the perimeter 340 of the structure 326 with a geometry that reduces concentration of stress at the edges or corners 334 and/or 336 may also help strengthen the glass article 350 when forming the structure 326.
  • Such a geometry may include rounding or dulling vertices or corners 334 and/or 336 of the structure 326, as may be done through etching or localized melting/heating (e.g., with a laser).
  • the glass article 350 may smoothly transition between the thickness 337 and the second thickness 327 at corner 334 and/or 336 over a distance “D” (see FIG. 4A) from about 5 pm to 700 pm, from about 10 pm to about 500 pm, from about 20 pm to about 500 pm, from about 100 pm to about 500 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween, as measured in a direction perpendicular to a direction of the thickness 337.
  • CIE color coordinates are with reference to the CIELAB 1976 color space established by the International Commission on Illumination (CIE). Unless otherwise indicated, CIE color coordinates are measured in transmission through the glass article using an F02 illuminant and an observer angle of 10°.
  • the CIELAB 1976 color space expresses color as three values: L* for the lightness from black (0) to white (100), a* from green (-) to red (+), and b* from blue (-) to yellow (+).
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a natively colored glass housings 500 comprising the glass article 511 and the reflector 501.
  • the reflector 501 comprises an opaque material.
  • opaque means than an average transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm through a 1.0 mm thick piece of a material is 10% or less.
  • the average transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm is calculated by measuring the transmittance of whole number wavelengths from about 400 nm to about 700 nm and averaging the measurements.
  • the reflector comprises a CIE L* value of about 70 or more.
  • An exemplary material for the reflector is aluminum.
  • the glass article 511 can be disposed on and/or contact a surface 503 of the reflector 501 can contact the glass article 511. Providing the reflector can increase a perceived brightness of the glass article.
  • transmittance data (total transmittance and diffuse transmittance) in the visible spectrum is measured with a Lambda 950 UV/Vis/NIR Spectrophotometer manufactured by PerkinElmer Inc. (Waltham, Massachusetts USA).
  • the Lambda 950 apparatus was fitted with a 150 mm integrating sphere. Data was collected using an open beam baseline and a Spectralon® reference reflectance disk. For total transmittance (Total Tx), the sample is fixed at the integrating sphere entry point.
  • the “average transmittance” with respect to the visible spectrum is reported over the wavelength range from 380 nm to 750 nm (inclusive of endpoints). Unless otherwise specified, the average transmittance is indicated for article thicknesses from 0.4 mm to 5 mm, inclusive of endpoints. Unless otherwise specified, when average transmittance is indicated, this means that each thickness within the range of thicknesses from 0.4 mm to 5 mm has an average transmittance as specified.
  • colored glass articles having average transmittances of 10% to 92% over the wavelength range from 380 nm to 750 nm means that each thickness within the range of 0.4 mm to 5 mm (e.g., 0.6 mm, 0.9 mm, 2 mm, etc.) has an average transmittance in the range of 10% to 92% for the wavelength range from 380 nm to 750 nm.
  • first layer and/or component As used herein, if a first layer and/or component is described as “disposed over” a second layer and/or component, other layers may or may not be present between the first layer and/or component and the second layer and/or component. Furthermore, as used herein, “disposed over” does not refer to a relative position with reference to gravity. For example, a first layer and/or component can be considered “disposed over” a second layer and/or component, for example, when the first layer and/or component is positioned underneath, above, or to one side of a second layer and/or component.
  • a first layer and/or component described as “bonded to” a second layer and/or component means that the layers and/or components are bonded to each other, either by direct contact and/or bonding between the two layers and/or components or via an adhesive layer.
  • a first layer and/or component described as “contacting” or “in contact with” a second layer and/or components refers to direct contact and includes the situations where the layers and/or components are bonded to each other.
  • the glass article 511 comprises a first major surface 513 and a second major surface 515 opposite the first major surface 513.
  • the first major surface 513 and/or the second major surface 515 can comprise planar surfaces, although other shapes and designs are possible in other aspects.
  • a thickness 517 of the glass article 511 is defined as an average distance between the first major surface 513 and the second major surface 515.
  • the thickness 517 can be about 30 micrometers (pm) or more, about 50 pm or more, about 80 pm or more, about 90 pm or more, about 100 pm or more, about 150 pm or more, about 200 pm or more, about 400 pm or more, about 500 pm or more, about 600 pm or more, about 5 millimeters (mm) or less, about 3 mm or less, about 2 mm or less, about 1 mm or less, about 800 pm or less, about 700 pm or less, about 600 pm or less, about 550 pm or less, about 500 pm or less, or about 300 pm or less.
  • mm millimeters
  • the thickness 517 can be in a range from about 30 pm to about 5 mm, from about 50 pm to about 3 mm, from about 80 pm to about 2 mm, from about 90 pm to about 1 mm, from about 100 pm to about 800 pm, from about 150 pm to about 700 pm, from about 200 pm to about 600 pm, from about 300 pm to about 550 pm, from about 400 pm to about 500 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 511 and/or 350 comprises a glass-based material.
  • the glass-based material can comprise a pencil hardness of 8H or more, for example, 9H or more.
  • pencil hardness is measured using ASTM D 3363-20 with standard lead graded pencils.
  • an elastic modulus e.g., Young’s modulus
  • a Poisson’s ratio is measured using ISO 527- 1 :2019.
  • the glass article 511 and/or 350 can comprise an elastic modulus in a range from about 40 GPa to about 140 GPa, from about 50 GPa to about 100 GPa, from about 60 GPa to about 80 GPa, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • glass-based includes both glasses and glassceramics, wherein glass-ceramics have one or more crystalline phases and an amorphous, residual glass phase.
  • a glass-based material may comprise an amorphous material (e.g., glass) and optionally one or more crystalline materials (e.g., ceramic).
  • Amorphous materials and glass-based materials may be strengthened.
  • the term “strengthened” may refer to a material that has been chemically strengthened, for example, through ion exchange of larger ions for smaller ions in the surface of the glass article, as discussed below.
  • glass-based materials which may be free of lithia or not, comprise soda lime glass, alkali aluminosilicate glass, alkali-containing borosilicate glass, alkali- containing aluminoborosilicate glass, alkali-containing phosphosilicate glass, and alkali-containing aluminophosphosilicate glass.
  • glass-based material can comprise an alkali-containing glass or an alkali-free glass, either of which may be free of lithia or not.
  • the glass material can be alkali-free and/or comprise a low content of alkali metals (e.g., R2O of about 10 mol% or less, wherein R2O comprises Li2O Na2O, K2O, or the more expansive list provided below).
  • R2O alkali metals
  • a glass-based material may comprise, in mole percent (mol%): SiCh in a range from about 40 mol% to about 80 mol%, AI2O3 in a range from about 5 mol% to about 30 mol%, B2O3 in a range from 0 mol% to about 10 mol%, ZrCh in a range from 0 mol% to about 5 mol%, P2O5 in a range from 0 mol% to about 15 mol%, TiCh in a range from 0 mol% to about 2 mol%, R2O in a range from 0 mol% to about 20 mol%, and RO in a range from 0 mol% to about 15 mol%.
  • R2O can refer to an alkali-metal oxide, including Li2O, Na2O, and K2O.
  • RO can refer to MgO, CaO, SrO, BaO, and ZnO.
  • the glass-based material may comprise (in mol%) from about 50 mol% to about 75 mol% SiO2, from about 5 mol% to about 20 mol% AI2O3, from about 15 mol% to about 20 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide (R2O), and at least one of B2O3 or P2O5.
  • the glassbased material may comprise (in mol%) from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCh, from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3, from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3, from 13 mol% to 20 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide (R2O), from 0.5 mol% to 4 mol% CaO, from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZnO, from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZrO2, and from 0.01 mol% to 0.25 mol% SnCh.
  • R2O alkali metal oxide
  • a glass-based material may optionally further comprise in a range from 0 mol% to about 2 mol% of each of ISfeSCU, NaCl, NaF, NaBr, K2SO4, KC1, KF, KBr, As 2 O 3 , Sb 2 O 3 , SnO 2 , Fe 2 O 3 , MnO, MnO 2 , MnO 3 , Mn2C>3, MmCU, Mn20?.
  • the glass-based material can comprise a colorant selected from a group consisting of silver, gold, chromium, cobalt, nickel, cerium, copper, and combinations thereof.
  • the glass-based material can comprise titanium oxide, zirconia, iron oxide, cerium oxide, or combinations thereof.
  • the glass-based material can comprise from 5 parts-per-million (ppm) to 15 ppm gold.
  • a concentration of the colorant can be about 50 ppm or more, about 100 ppm or more, about 300 ppm or more, about 500 ppm or more, about 1,000 ppm or more, about 2,000 ppm or more, about 5,000 ppm or more, about 10,000 ppm or more, about 50,000 ppm or less, about 30,000 ppm or less, about 20,000 ppm or less, about 10,000 ppm or less, about 6,000 ppm or less, about 4,000 ppm or less, or about 2,000 ppm or less.
  • a concentration of the colorant can range from about 50 ppm to about 50,000 ppm, from about 100 ppm to about 30,000 ppm, from about 300 ppm to about 20,000 ppm, from about 500 ppm to about 10,000 ppm, from about 1,000 ppm to about 6,000 ppm, from about 2,000 ppm to about 4,000 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • compositions are specified in mole percent (mol%).
  • mol% mole percent
  • free when used to describe the concentration and/or absence of a particular constituent component in a glass composition, means that the constituent component is not present in the glass composition.
  • substantially free when used to describe the concentration and/or absence of a particular constituent component in a glass composition and the resultant colored glass article, means that the constituent component is not intentionally added to the glass composition and the resultant colored glass article.
  • the glass composition and the resultant colored glass article may contain traces of the constituent component as a contaminant or tramp in amounts of less than 200 ppm unless specified otherwise herein.
  • substantially free is exclusive of gold (Au) which may be intentionally added to the glass composition in relatively small amounts, for example and without limitation, amounts less than 200 ppm (or the equivalent in mol%) to achieve a desired color in the resultant colored glass article.
  • Glass-ceramics include materials produced through controlled crystallization of glass. In aspects, glass-ceramics have about 1% to about 99% crystallinity. Examples of suitable glass-ceramics may include Li2O-A12O3-SiO2 system (i.e., LAS-System) glass-ceramics, MgO-AhCh-SiCh system (i.e., MAS- System) glass-ceramics, ZnO x AI2O3 x nSiCh (i.e., ZAS system), and/or glassceramics that include a predominant crystal phase including P-quartz solid solution, P- spodumene, cordierite, petalite, and/or lithium disilicate.
  • Li2O-A12O3-SiO2 system i.e., LAS-System
  • MgO-AhCh-SiCh system i.e., MAS- System
  • ZnO x AI2O3 x nSiCh
  • the glass-ceramic materials may be strengthened using the chemical strengthening processes.
  • MAS-System glass-ceramic materials may be strengthened in Li2SO4 molten salt, whereby an exchange of 2Li + for Mg 2+ can occur.
  • the glass article 511 and/or 350 can be a glass-ceramic comprising one or more crystalline phases.
  • a total amount of the one or more crystalline phases, as a weight% (wt%) of the glass article 511 and/or 350 can be about 10 wt% or less, about 8 wt% or less, about 6 wt% or less, about 4 wt% or less, about 4 wt% or less, about 2 wt% or less, about 1 wt% or less, about 0.1 wt% or more, about 0.5 wt% or more, or about 1 wt% or more.
  • the glass articles described herein may be described as aluminoborosilicate glass compositions and colored glass articles and comprise SiCh, AI2O3, and B2O3. Additionally, the glass articles described herein include one or more colorants in a colorant package to impart a desired color to the resultant colored glass article.
  • the glass articles described herein also include alkali oxides (e.g., Li2O and Na2O) to enable the ion-exchangeability of the colored glass articles.
  • the glass articles described herein may further include other components to improve colorant retention and produce colored glass articles having the desired color.
  • the difference between R2O and AI2O3 i.e.
  • SiC>2 is the primary glass former in the glass articles described herein and may function to stabilize the network structure of the colored glass articles.
  • concentration of SiCh in the glass articles should be sufficiently high (e.g., 40 mol% or more) to enhance the chemical durability of the glass composition and, in particular, the resistance of the glass composition to degradation upon exposure to acidic solutions, basic solutions, and in water.
  • the amount of SiCh may be limited (e.g., 80 mol% or less) to control the melting point of the glass composition, as the melting point of pure SiCh or high SiCh glasses is undesirably high. Thus, limiting the concentration of SiCh may aid in improving the meltability and the formability of the resultant colored glass article.
  • the glass article may comprise from 40 mol% to 80 mol% SiCh or from 50 mol% to 80 mol% SiCh. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from about 45 mol% to about 67 mol% SiCh or from 53 mol% to 67 mol% SiCh.
  • the concentration of SiCh in the glass article may be 40 mol% or more, 45 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 52 mol% or more, 53 mol% or more, 54 mol% or more, 55 mol% or more, 56 mol% or more, 57 mol% or more, 58 mol% or more, 60 mol% or more, 80 mol% or less, 75 mol% or less, 73 mol% or less, 71 mol% or less 70 mol% or less, 68 mol% or less, 67 mol% or less, 66 mol% or less, 65 mol% or less 64 mol% or less, 63 mol% or less, 62 mol% or less, 61 mol% or less, 60 mol% or less, or 59 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of SiCh in the glass article may be from 40 mol% to 70 mol%, 45 mol% to 70 mol%, from 50 mol% to about 68 mol%, from about 52 mol% to about 68 mol%, from about 53 mol% to about 67 mol%, from about 54 mol% to about 67 mol%, from about 55 mol% to about 66 mol%, from about 56 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 57 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 58 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 64 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 63 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 62 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • AI2O3 may also stabilize the glass network and additionally provides improved mechanical properties and chemical durability to the glass article.
  • the amount of AI2O3 may also be tailored to control the viscosity of the glass composition.
  • AI2O3 may be included such that the resultant glass article has the desired fracture toughness (e.g., 0.7 MPa m 1/2 or more). However, if the amount of AI2O3 is too high (e.g., 25 mol% or more), the viscosity of the glass melt may increase, thereby diminishing the formability of the glass article.
  • the solubility of one or more colorants of the colorant package in the glass melt may decrease, resulting in the formation of undesirable crystal phases in the glass.
  • the solubility of C ⁇ Ch in the glass melt may decrease with increasing AI2O3 concentrations (e.g., concentrations of 17.5 mol% or more), leading to the precipitation of undesirable crystal phases.
  • AI2O3 concentrations e.g., concentrations of 17.5 mol% or more
  • the glass com article may comprise from 7 mol% to 25 mol% AI2O3, from 7 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3, or from 8 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3.
  • the glass article may comprise from 10 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3, from 10 mol% to about 17.5 mol% AI2O3, or from 12 mol% to about 17.25 mol% AI2O3.
  • the glass article may comprise from 11 mol% to 19 mol% AI2O3 or from 14 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3.
  • the concentration of AI2O3 in the glass article may be 7 mol% or more, 8 mol% or more, 9 mol% or more, 10 mol% or more, 11 mol% or more 12 mol% or more, 12.5 mol% or more, 13 mol% or more, 13.5 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 14.5 mol% or more, 15 mol% or more, 15.5 mol% or more, 16 mol% or more, 25 mol% or less, 23 mol% or less, 20 mol% or less, 19 mol% or less, 18 mol% or less, 17.5 mol% or less, 17.25 mol% or less, 17 mol% or less, 16.75 mol% or less, or 16 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 7 mol% to 25 mol%, from 7 mol% to 23 mol%, from 8 mol% to 20 mol%, from 9 mol% to 19 mol%, from 10 mol% to 18 mol%, from 11 mol% to 17.5 mol%, from 12 mol% to 17.25 mol%, from 13 mol% to 17 mol%, from 14 mol% to 16.75 mol%, from 14.5 mol% to 16 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • B2O3 decreases the melting point of the glass composition, which may improve retention of certain colorants in the glass, for example and without limitation, Au. B2O3 may also improve the damage resistance of the resultant colored glass article. In addition, B2O3 may be added to reduce the formation of non-bridging oxygen, the presence of which may reduce fracture toughness.
  • the concentration of B2O3 should be sufficiently high (e.g., 1 mol% or more) to reduce the melting point of the glass composition, improve the formability, and increase the fracture toughness of the colored glass article. However, if B2O3 is too high (e.g., 15 mol% or more), the annealing point and strain point may decrease, which increases stress relaxation and reduces the overall strength of the colored glass article.
  • the concentration of B2O3 in the glass article may be 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 3.5 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more, 4.5 mol% or more, 5 mol% or more, 5.5 mol% or more, 15 mol% or less, 12 mol% or less, 10 mol% or less, 9 mol% or less, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, or 6 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of B2O3 in the glass article may be from 1 mol% to 15 mol%, from 2 mol% to 12 mol%, from 3 mol% to 10 mol%, from 3.5 mol% to 9 mol%, from 4 mol% to 8 mol%, from 4.5 mol% to 7.5 mol%, from 5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 5.5 mol% to 6.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass articles may contain alkali oxides (e.g., Li2O, Na2O, and K2O) to enable the ion-exchangeability of the glass articles.
  • alkali oxides e.g., Li2O, Na2O, and K2O
  • the concentration of Li2O in the glass articles should be sufficiently high (e.g., 1 mol% or more) to reduce the melting point of the glass composition and achieve the desired maximum central tension (e.g., 40 MPa or more) following ion exchange. However, if the amount of Li2O is too high (e.g., greater than 20 mol%), the liquidus temperature may increase, thereby diminishing the manufacturability of the colored glass article.
  • the glass article may comprise from 1 mol% to 20 mol% Li2O or from 1 mol% to 20 mol% Li2O.
  • the glass article may comprise from 3 mol% to 18 mol% Li2O, from 7 mol% to 18 mol% Li2O, from 8.8 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O, or from 9 mol% to 13.5 mol% Li2O.
  • the concentration of Li2O in the glass article may be from 1 mol% to 20 mol%, from 3 mol% to 18 mol%, from 5 mol% to 17 mol%, from 7 mol% to 16 mol%, from 7.5 mol% to 15 mol%, from 8 mol% to 14 mol%, from 8.5 mol% to 13.5 mol%, from 8.8 mol% to 13 mol%, from 9 mol% to 12.5 mol%, from 9.2 mol% to 12.5 mol%, from 9.4 mol% to 12 mol%, from 9.6 mol% to 12 mol%, from 9.8 mol% to 11.5 mol%, from 10 mol% to 11 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • Na?O improves diffusivity of alkali ions in the glass and thereby reduces ion-exchange time and helps achieve the desired surface compressive stress (e.g., 300 MPa or more).
  • the addition of Na?O also facilitates the exchange of K + cations into the glass for strengthening and improving the mechanical characteristics of the resultant colored glass article.
  • Na?O also improves the formability of the colored glass article.
  • Na?O decreases the melting point of the glass composition, which may improve retention of certain colorants in the glass, for example, Au. However, if too much Na?O is added to the glass composition, the melting point may be too low.
  • the concentration of Li2O present in the glass article may be greater than the concentration of Na2O present in the glass article.
  • the glass article may comprise greater than 0 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O, from 0.5 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O, or from 1 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 1 mol% to 12 mol% Na2O or from 2 mol% to 10 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 0.01 mol% to 4 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 1.5 mol% to 8 mol% Na2O or from 2 mol% to 7.5 mol% Na2O.
  • the concentration of Na2O in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 3.5 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more, 4.5 mol% or more, 15 mol% or less, 12 mol% or less, 10 mol% or less, 9 mol% or less, 8.5 mol% or less, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, or 4 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of Na2O in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 15 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 12 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 12 mol%, from 1 mol% to 10 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 9 mol%, from 2 mol% to 8.5 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 8 mol%, from 3 mol% to 7.5 mol%, from 3.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 4 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from 4.5 mol% to 6 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween
  • the concentration of Na 2 O in the glass article may be from 0.5 mol% to 10 mol%, from 1 mol% to 9 mol%, from 1 mol% to 8 mol%, from 1 mol% to 7 mol%, from 1 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to
  • K 2 O when included, promotes ion-exchange and may increase the depth of compression and decrease the melting point to improve the formability of the colored glass article. However, adding too much K 2 O may cause the surface compressive stress and melting point to be too low. Accordingly, in aspects, the amount of K 2 O added to the glass composition may be limited.
  • the glass article may optionally comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol% K 2 O, from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol% K 2 O, from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol% K 2 O, or from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol% K2O. In aspects, the glass article may optionally comprise from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol% K 2 O.
  • the concentration of K 2 O in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or more, 0.4 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of K 2 O in the glass article may be from greater 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.4 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the softening point and molding temperature may be further reduced by including combinations of alkali oxides (e.g., two or more alkali oxides) in the glass composition, a phenomenon referred to as the “mixed alkali effect.”
  • alkali oxides e.g., two or more alkali oxides
  • the concentration of R2O in the glass article can be from 1 mol% to 35 mol%, from 6 mol% to 25 mol%, or from 8 mol% to 23 mol%.
  • the concentration of R2O in the glass article can be 2 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more, 6 mol% or more, 8 mol% or more, 10 mol% or more, 10.3 mol% or more, 11 mol% or more, 12 mol% or more 13 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 35 mol% or less, 30 mol% or less, 25 mol% or less, 23 mol% or less, 22 mol% or less, 21 mol% or less, 20 mol% or less, 19 mol% or less, 18 mol% or less, 17 mol% or less, 16 mol% or less, or 15 mol% or less.
  • a difference between R2O and AI2O3 (i.e. R2O (mol%) - AI2O3 (mol%)) in the glass article may be adjusted to produce a desired observable color (e.g., pink, purple, red, orange, or blue).
  • the analyzed R2O - AI2O3 of the glass article, along with the added colorant package, may correlate with the observable color of the colored glass article after an optional heat treatment, as discussed herein.
  • R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -5 mol% to 7 mol% or from - 3 mol% to 2 mol%.
  • R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -3 mol% to 6 mol% or from -1 mol% to 5 mol%. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -5 mol% to 1.5 mol% or from -3 mol% to 1.5 mol%. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 1.5 mol% to 7 mol% or from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%.
  • R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be -5 mol% or more, -4 mol% or more, -3 mol% or more, -2.5 mol% or more, -2 mol% or more, -1.5 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less.
  • R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -5 mol% to 7 mol%, from -4 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from -3 mol% to 6 mol%, from -2.5 mol% to 5.5 mol% from -2 mol% to 5 mol%, from -1.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 3 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 2.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass articles described herein further include MgO and/or ZnO to improve retention of colorants in the glass, such as Au or the like, for example, by lowering the melting point of the glass composition. Decreasing the melting point of the glass composition may help improve colorant retention because the glass compositions may be melted at relatively lower temperatures and the evaporation of colorants from the glass, such as gold, may be reduced. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is also believed that partially replacing Li2O and/or Na?O with MgO and/or ZnO may also help improve retention of the colorants. Specifically, IJ2O and/or Na2O is included in the batch glass composition as lithium carbonate and sodium carbonate, respectively.
  • color gamut refers to the pallet of colors that may be achieved by the colored glass articles within the CIELAB color space.
  • the sum of MgO and ZnO present in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 6 mol% or 4.5 mol% or less.
  • MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%) may be from greater than 0 mol% to 6 mol% or 4.5 mol% or less.
  • the sum (in mol%) of MgO and ZnO present in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 3.5 mol% or more, 7 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4.25 mol% or less, or 4 mol% or less.
  • the sum of MgO and ZnO in the glass may be from greater than 0 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 7 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 4.25 mol%, from 3 mol% to 4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 8 mol% MgO or from 0 mol% to 4.5 mol% MgO.
  • the glass article may comprise from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% MgO.
  • the concentration of MgO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 8 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of MgO in the glass article may be from greater than or equal to 0 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4 mol%, from 2 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 3 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of MgO.
  • ZnO lowers the viscosity of the glass compositions, which enhances the formability, the strain point, and the Young’s modulus, and may improve ion-exchangeability.
  • the diffusivity of sodium and potassium ions in the glass composition decreases which, in turn, adversely impacts the ion-exchange performance (i.e., the ability to ion-exchange) of the resultant colored glass article.
  • the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol% ZnO, from greater than 0 mol% to 4.5 mol% ZnO, from 0.1 mol% to 4 mol% ZnO, from 0.25 mol% to 1.25 mol%, or from 0.5 mol% to 1 mol%.
  • the concentration of ZnO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.7 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of ZnO in the glass composition may be from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 3 mol%, from 1 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of ZnO.
  • CaO, SrO, and BaO Like ZnO and the alkaline earth oxide MgO, other alkaline earth oxides, for example CaO, SrO and BaO, decrease the melting point of the glass composition. Accordingly, CaO, SrO, and/or BaO may be included in the glass articles to lower the melting point of the glass composition, which may help improve colorant retention.
  • the concentration of CaO in the glass article may be 0 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of CaO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 7 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 2 mol%, from 1 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 1 mol% to 1.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the concentration of SrO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of SrO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1.25 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of SrO.
  • the concentration of BaO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of BaO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1.25 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of BaO.
  • the concentration of R'O in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, or 3.5 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of R'O in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 7.5 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 1 mol% to 6.5 mol% from 1 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a sum of R2O, CaO, MgO, and ZnO may be 35 mol% or less, for example, from 1 mol% to 30 mol%, from 2 mol% to 30 mol%, from 3 mol% to 25 mol%, from 4 mol% to 25 mol%, from 5 mol% to 20 mol%, 6 mol% to 20 mol%, from 7 mol% to 15 mol%, from 8 mol% to 10 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO present in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 22 mol%.
  • AI2O3 (mol%) + MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%) may be from 12 mol% to 22 mol%.
  • combinations of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO within this range may aid in avoiding the formation of undesired crystal phases in the resultant colored glass articles.
  • a sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 13 mol% to 21.5 mol%.
  • the sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO in the glass article may be 12 mol% or more, 13 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 15 mol% or more, 16 mol% or more, 22 mol% or less, 21.5 mol% or less, 21 mol% or less, 20.5 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less.
  • the sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 22 mol%, from 13 mol% to 21.5 mol%, from 14 mol% to 21 mol%, from 15 mol% to 20.5 mol%, from 16 mol% to 20 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO present in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%.
  • AI2O3 (mol%) + MgO (mol%) + CaO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%) may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%.
  • combinations of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO within this range may aid in avoiding the formation of undesired crystal phases in the glass article.
  • a relatively high concentration of high field strength modifiers, for example Mg, Ca, and Zn cations may also improve the mechanical properties, for example fracture toughness, elastic modulus, and drop test performance, of the resultant colored glass article.
  • a sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%.
  • the sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO in the glass article may be 12 mol% or more, 13 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 15 mol% or more, 16 mol% or more, 24 mol% or less, 23 mol% or less, 22 mol% or less, 21.5 mol% or less, 21 mol% or less, 20.5 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less
  • the sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%, from 13 mol% to 23 mol%, from 13 mol% to 22 mol%, from 14 mol% to 21.5 mol%, from 14 mol% to 21 mol%, from 15 mol% to 20.5 mol%, from 16 mol% to 20
  • the glass article may optionally include Cl, which may enable growth of particular crystal phases containing colorant.
  • Cl may enable growth of particular crystal phases containing colorant.
  • the colorant package included in the glass comprises Au
  • the inclusion of Cl may enable the growth of certain Au crystals.
  • the concentration of Cl in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of Cl in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of Cl.
  • the glass article can include less than 100 ppm of halides, including Cl.
  • the glass articles described herein may further comprise ZrCh. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that ZrCh may act as a multivalent species that serves as redox couples to supply oxygen to certain colorants, for example Au, during relatively low-temperature heat treatment, which helps improve retention of the colorant. ZrCh may also act as an additional colorant, producing colored glass articles that may be, for example, red in color.
  • the glass article may comprise ZrCh in an amount from 0.01 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1.25 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles described herein may further comprise Fe2O 3 , which may help improve colorant retention.
  • Fe2O 3 is a multivalent species that serves as redox couples to supply oxygen to certain colorants, for example Au, during relatively low-temperature heat treatment, which helps improve retention of the colorant.
  • Fe2O 3 may also act as a colorant, producing colored glass articles that may, for example, be pink or red in color.
  • the glass article may comprise Fe2O 3 in an amount of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise Fe2O 3 in an amount from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise Fe2O 3 in an amount of 200 parts-per-million (ppm) or more, 250 ppm or more, 300 ppm or more, 350 ppm or more, 400 ppm or less, 1,000 ppm or less, 600 ppm or less, 550 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, or 450 ppm or less.
  • the glass article can comprise Fe2O 3 in an amount from about 200 ppm to about 1,000 ppm, from about 300 ppm to about 600 ppm, from about 350 ppm to about 550 ppm, from about 400 ppm to about 500 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of Fe 2 O 3 .
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles described herein may further comprise SnCh, Sb20s, and/or Bi2Os.
  • SnCh, Sb20s, and/or Bi2Os may help lower the melting point of the glass composition. Accordingly, SnCh, Sb20s, and/or E ⁇ Ch may be included in the glass articles to lower the melting point and improve colorant retention.
  • the colorant package includes Ag
  • SnCh also aids in the reduction of Ag in the glass leading to the formation of silver particles in the glass.
  • the colorant package includes Au
  • additions of SnCh may also aid in the reduction of Au in the glass, leading to the formation of gold particles.
  • the SnCh and/or Sb20s may also function as a fining agent.
  • the glass article may comprise SnCh in an amount of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise SnCh in an amount from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of SnCh.
  • the concentration of Sb20s in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less, aspects, the concentration of Sb20s in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of Sb20s.
  • the glass article can comprise Sb20s in an amount from 0.01 wt% to about 0.5 wt%, from 0.02 wt% to about 0.4 wt%, from 0.05 wt% to about 0.3 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to about 0.2 wt%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the concentration of E ⁇ Ch in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of E ⁇ Ch in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of E ⁇ Ch.
  • the concentration of SO3 in the glass article may be 0.1 mol% or less, 0.01 mol% or less, or 0.001 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of SO3.
  • the glass articles described herein may further comprise a reduced concentration or be substantially free or free of P2O5.
  • the P2O5 may enhance the ion exchange characteristics of the resultant colored glass article.
  • an increased concentration (i.e., greater than 1 mol%) of P2O5 may reduce the retention of one or more colorants in the colorant package.
  • P2O5 may be more volatile than other glass network formers, for example SiCh, which may contribute to reduced retention of colorants in the colorant package.
  • the concentration of P2O5 in the glass article may comprise be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of P2O5 in the glass article may comprise be from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of P2O5.
  • the glass articles can comprise at least one colorant in a colorant package that functions to impart a desired color to the glass article.
  • the colorant package may comprise at least one of Au, Ag, Cr2O3, transition metal oxides (e.g., CuO, NiO, CO3O4, TiCh, C ⁇ Ch), rare earth metal oxides (e.g., CeCh), and/or combinations thereof.
  • the glass articles may be from IxlO' 6 mol% to 10 mol% of colorant (i.e., the sum of all colorants in the colorant package).
  • the concentration of the colorant package in the glass article may be 1 x 10' 6 mol% or more, 0.0005 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 10 mol% or less, 9.5 mol% or less, 9 mol% or less, 8.5 mol% or less, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less 1.5 mol% or less 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of the colorant package in the glass article may be from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 10 mol%, from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 9 mol%, from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 7 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to about 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the concentration of the colorant package in the glass article may be from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to about 0.5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the colorant package in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may include colorants that comprise or consist of transition metal oxides, rare earth oxides, or combinations thereof, to achieve a desired color.
  • transition metal oxides and/or rare earth oxides may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants.
  • colorants based on transition metal oxides and/or rare earth oxides may include NiO, CO3O4, Cr20s, CuO, CeCh, TiCh and/or combinations thereof.
  • colorants based on transition metal oxides and/or rare earth oxides may further include oxides of V, Mn, Fe, Cu, Zr, Nb, Mo, Tc, Ru, Rh, Pd, Cd, Hf, Ta, W, Re, Os, Ir, Pt, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, and Er.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr2O3 + CuO + CeO2 + TiO2 of greater than 0 mol%, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.7 mol% or more, 0.9 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.3 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + CT2O3 + CuO + CeO2 + TiO2 can range from grater that 0 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.7 mol% to 1.2 mol%, from 0.9 mol% to 1.3 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass composition and resultant glass article may comprise 0 mol% of one or more of NiO, CO3O4, Cr20s, CuO, CeO2, and/or TiO2.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr2O3 + CuO from 0.001 mol to 3 mol%.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + CT2O3 + CuO of greater than 0 mol%, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol%, 0.5 mol%, 0.8 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.3 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.4 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr2C>3 + CuO from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1.3, from 0.2 mol% to 1 mol% mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 0.8 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr20s + CuO from 0.01 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.4 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 0.4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass composition and resultant glass article may comprise 0 mol% of one or more of NiO, CO3O4, Cr2O3, and/or CuO.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of TiO2 of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.4 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of TiCh from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CeCh of 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.4 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CeCh from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.5 mol, from 0.3 mol% to 0.4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.015 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.2 mol% or less, 0.05 mol% or less, 0.04 mol% or less, 0.035 mol% or less, 0.03 mol% or less, 0.025 mol% or less, 0.02 mol% or less, or 0.015 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO can be from greater than 0 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.04 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.035 mol%, from 0.015 mol% to 0.03 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.025 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO can be from greater than 0.01 mol% to 0.3 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.3 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CuO of greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.15 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.4 mol% or less, 0.35 mol% or less, 0.3 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.2 mol% or less, or 0.15 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CuO from greater than 0 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.4 mol% from 0.1 mol% to 0.35 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.3 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CO3O4 of greater than 0 mol%, 0.0001 mol% or more, 0.0002 mol% or more, 0.0005 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or less, 0.04 mol% or less, 0.03 mol% or less, 0.02 mol% or less, 0.01 mol% or less, 0.0095 mol% or less, 0.009 mol% or less,
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CO3O4 from greater than 0 mol% to 0.01 mol% or less, from 0.0001 mol% to 0.009 mol% or less, from 0.0001 mol% to 0.008 mol%, from 0.0001 mol% to 0.007 mol%, from 0.0002 mol% to 0.006 mol%, from 0.0002 mol% to 0.005 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 0.004 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 0.003 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.02 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of CO3O4 from 0.0001 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.04 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.03 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of C ⁇ Ch of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.015 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, or 0.05 mol% or less, 0.04 mol% or less, 0.035 mol% or less, 0.035 mol% or less, 0.03 mol% or less, 0.025 mol% or less, 0.02 mol% or less, 0.015 mol% or less, or 0.01 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of C ⁇ Ch from greater than 0 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.04 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.035 mol%, from 0.015 mol% to 0.03 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.025 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the colorant package in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may comprise or consist of Au as a colorant to achieve a desired color.
  • Au may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may be formulated to improve the retention of Au, thereby expanding the color gamut achievable in the resultant colored glass articles.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au of 0.0005 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.002 mol% or more, 0.005 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.1 mol% or less, or 0.05 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au from 0.0005 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.002 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au of 1 ppm or more, 5 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, 15 ppm or more, 100 ppm or more, 500 ppm or more, 1,000 ppm or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 10,000 ppm or less, 2,000 ppm or less, 1,000 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, or 20 ppm or less.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au from 1 ppm to 10,000 ppm, from 1 ppm to 2,000 ppm, from 5 ppm to 1,000 ppm, from 5 ppm to 500 ppm, from 10 ppm to 100 ppm, from 15 ppm to 50 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a different color gamut may be achieved by including secondary colorants in addition to Au.
  • the glass composition and resultant colored glass article may comprise greater than or equal to 0 mol% and less than or equal to 1 mol% of a cation “M”, wherein “M” is at least one of F, Cl, Br, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Se, Nb, Mo, Ru, Rh, Pd, Ag, Cd, In, Te, W, Ir, Pt, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, and Er.
  • M is at least one of F, Cl, Br, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Se, Nb, Mo, Ru, Rh, Pd, Ag, Cd, In, Te, W, Ir, Pt, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, and Er.
  • the colorant package used in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles described herein may comprise or consist of C ⁇ Ch as a colorant to achieve a desired color.
  • C ⁇ Ch may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants.
  • other transition metal oxides may be included in the glass composition to modify the color imparted to the glass, including, for example and without limitation, CuO, NiO, and/or CO3O4.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may be formulated to improve the solubility of Cr20s, thereby expanding the color gamut achievable in the resultant colored glass articles.
  • the glass article may comprise C ⁇ Ch of greater than 0 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.005 mol% or less, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less.
  • the glass article may comprise C ⁇ Ch from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise C ⁇ Ch from 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm, from 100 ppm to 5,000 ppm, from 300 ppm to 2,000 ppm, from 500 ppm to 1,000 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles are per-alkali (i.e., R2O (mol%) + R'O (mol%) - AI2O3 (mol%) is 0.5 mol% or more) to increase the solubility of Cr2C>3 and avoid Cr-spinel crystal formation.
  • R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be limited (e.g., less than or equal to 6 mol%) to prevent a reduction in fracture toughness.
  • R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol% or from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%.
  • R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, or 2.5 mol% or less.
  • R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 3 mol%, from 2 mol% to 2.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may satisfy at least one of the following conditions and achieve the desired color: (1) less than or equal to 17.5 mol% AI2O3 and/or R2O + R'O - AI2O3 greater than or equal to 0.5 mol%; (2) AI2O3 + MgO + ZnO less than or equal to 22 mol%; and (3) MgO + ZnO less than or equal to 4.5 mol%.
  • the colorant comprises Cr20s
  • different color gamuts may be achieved by including other colorants in addition to Cr2O3.
  • the glass composition and resultant colored glass article may comprise NiO, CO3O4, CuO, or combinations thereof in addition to Cr2O3.
  • the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol% NiO as a colorant in addition to Cr2O3.
  • the concentration of NiO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.1 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of NiO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol%, from 0.5 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol% CO3O4 as a colorant in addition to Cr2O3.
  • the concentration of CO3O4 in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.005 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.1 mol% or less, or 0.05 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of CO3O4 in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 0.1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol% CuO as a colorant in addition to Cr2O3.
  • the concentration of CuO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, or 2 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of CuO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.5 to 2 mol%, from 1 mol% to 2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the colorant package used in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may comprise or consist of Ag as a colorant to achieve a desired color.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may be formulated to improve the retention of Ag, thereby expanding the color gamut achievable in the resultant colored glass articles.
  • Ag may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants.
  • the color is created by the presence of anisotropic silver particles in the colored glass article that are formed from the reduction of silver ions in the glass composition.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of Ag from 0.01 mol% to 5 mol%.
  • the glass article may comprise a concentration of Ag of 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less.
  • the concentration of Ag in the glass article may be from 0.01 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • halide-free colored glass articles that comprise silver in as-formed condition (i.e., colored glass articles that have not been subjected to mechanical stretching) produce only yellow, orange, and red colors upon a suitable heat treatment applied to the glass article in as-formed condition.
  • These colors are generated by the formation of isotropic (i.e., nominally spherical) silver particles in the conventional, halide-free colored glass article.
  • isotropic silver particles support a single localized surface plasmon resonance. Isotropic silver particles are the most energetically favorable to form because they have the lowest surface area to volume ratio and, as a result, they are the most common geometry observed in colored glass articles that comprise silver.
  • anisotropic silver particles refer to silver particles having an aspect ratio greater than 1, where the aspect ratio is the ratio of a longest dimension of the particle to a shortest dimension of the particle (e.g., a ratio of the length of the particle to the width of the particle is greater than 1). This is in contrast to an isotropic silver particle in which the aspect ratio is 1.
  • the broader color gamut produced in glasses having anisotropic silver particles is because anisotropic silver particles support two distinct plasmonic modes: a higher energy transverse mode, and a lower energy longitudinal mode.
  • anisotropic metallic silver particles in glass can be either induced by elongating spherical particles of silver through shear forces (e.g., by stretching the colored glass article via re-draw) using mechanical stretching processes.
  • the mechanical stretching process results in a glass article having silver particles that are generally aligned in parallel with one another along the stretching direction (i.e., the glass is polarized).
  • a conventional alternative to mechanical stretching processes for creating anisotropic metallic particles in a glass article is the incorporation of halides (e.g., F, Cl, and Br) in the glass composition.
  • halides e.g., F, Cl, and Br
  • anisotropic silver particles are formed by templating the particles on elongated and/or pyramidal-shaped halide crystals.
  • the inclusion of halides in the glass composition may be undesirable.
  • the colored glass articles comprising Ag as a colorant described herein may generate a broad range of colors, for example yellow, orange, red, green, pink, purple, brown, and black without the inclusion of halides in the glass composition or the use of mechanical stretching processes.
  • anisotropic silver particles may form in the colored glass articles of the present disclosure due to a mechanism similar to the template growth caused by the inclusion of halides in the glass composition.
  • anisotropic silver crystals may form on nano-sized crystals of spodumene, lithium silicate, and/or beta quartz during heat treatment of the glass article in its as-formed condition. Additionally and/or alternatively, it is believed that anisotropic silver particles may precipitate at the interfaces between phase-separated regions of the colored glass article and/or regions that are only partially crystalized. Further, these crystals and/or phase-separated regions may form a nucleation site for the growth of anisotropic silver particles.
  • the glass article including silver as a colorant may comprise less than 100 parts per million (ppm) of halides.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles comprising Ag as a colorant may comprise less than 100 ppm halides, for example less than 50 ppm halides, less than 25 ppm halides, less than 10 ppm halides, or even 0 ppm halides.
  • colored glass articles comprising Ag produced using mechanical stretching processes generally include anisotropic silver particles similar to those of the colored glass article of the present application.
  • these mechanical stretching processes also result in the anisotropic silver particles being ordered and aligned (e.g., the longer dimensions of each anisotropic silver particles are facing in the same direction, for example in the direction of mechanical stretching).
  • the colored glass articles produced using mechanical stretching processes are polarized due to the alignment of the anisotropic silver particles in the glass as a result of mechanical stretching.
  • the colored glass articles comprising Ag as a colorant which are not subjected to mechanical stretching processes, are non-polarized.
  • the anisotropic silver particles of the colored glass article are not aligned (e.g., the longer dimensions of two or more anisotropic silver particles are facing in different directions) and, instead, the anisotropic silver particles are randomly aligned in the glass.
  • length refers to the longest dimension of the anisotropic silver particle.
  • the “width” refers to the dimension of the anisotropic particle that is perpendicular to the length.
  • a calibration is set by measuring the scale bar on the electron micrograph, converting each pixel to the appropriate unit length. The image is then converted into a grayscale image. A software measuring tool is then used to measure the number of pixels from one end to the other of each particle as well as the number of pixels across the greatest width of the particle.
  • an automated script is run to measure the length and aspect ratios of multiple particles automatically.
  • a length of the anisotropic silver particles can be 10 nm or more, 12 nm or more, 14 nm or more, 16 nm or more, 18 nm or more, 22 nm or more, 34 nm or more, 36 nm or more, 38 nm or more, 40 nm or less, 38 nm or less, 36 nm or less, 34 nm or less, 32 nm or less, 30 nm or less, 28 nm or less, 26 nm or less, 24 nm or less, 22 nm or less, or 20 nm or less.
  • the length of the anisotropic silver particles can range from 10 nm to 40 nm, from 12 nm to 36 nm, from 14 nm to 34 nm, from 14 nm to 32 nm, from 14 nm to 28 nm, from 14 nm to 26 nm, from 16 nm to 22 nm, from 16 nm to 20 nm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a width of the anisotropic silver particles can be 6 nm or more, 8 nm or more, 10 nm or more, 12 nm or more, 14 nm or more, 20 nm or less, 18 nm or less, 16 nm or less, 14 nm or less, 12 nm or less, or 10 nm or less.
  • the width of the anisotropic silver particles can be from 6 nm to 20 nm, from 8 nm to 18 nm, from 8 nm to 16 nm, from 10 nm to 14 nm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • “aspect ratio” is defined as the ratio of the length to the width of an anisotropic silver particle.
  • an aspect ratio of the anisotropic silver particle can be greater than 1, 1.5 or more, 2 or more, 2.5 or more, 3 or less, 2.5 or less, 2 or less, or 1.5 or less. In aspects, the aspect ratio of the anisotropic silver particle can range from greater than 1 to 3, from 1.5 to 2.5, from 2 to 2.5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may further comprise one or more rare-earth oxides, for example CeCh, Nd2O 3 , and/or E ⁇ Ch.
  • Rare-earth oxides may be added to provide additional visible light absorbance to the glass (in addition to that imparted by the silver) to further alter the color of the glass.
  • Rare- earth oxides may also be added to increase the Young’s modulus and/or the annealing point of the glass.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may further comprise a concentration of CeCh of greater than 0 mol%, 0.05 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may further comprise a concentration of CeCh from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may be substantially free and/or free of CeCh.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of Nd2 ⁇ ) 3 that is greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of Nd 2 O 3 from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of E ⁇ Ch that is greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less.
  • the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of Er20s from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass articles described herein may further include tramp materials, for example, TiCh, MnO, MoOs, WO3, Y2O3, CdO, AS2O3, sulfurbased compounds (e.g., sulfates), halogens, or combinations thereof.
  • the glass article may be substantially free or free of tramp materials, for example TiCh, MnO, MoOs, WO3, Y2O3, CdO, AS2O3, sulfur-based compounds (e.g., sulfates), halogens, or combinations thereof.
  • decreasing the melting point of the glass article may help improve colorant retention because the glass compositions may be melted at relatively lower temperatures and colorant evaporation may be reduced.
  • the glass articles described herein may optionally include MgO and/or ZnO, which help lower the melting point of the glass articles.
  • B2O3, Li2O, and Na2O also decrease the melting point of the glass articles.
  • other components may be added to the glass article to lower the melting point thereof, for example SnCh, Sb2C>3, and f ⁇ Ch.
  • the glass article may have a melting point of 1300°C or more, 1325°C or more, 1350°C or more, 1375°C or more, 1400°C or more, 1550°C or less, 1525°C or less, 1500°C or less, 1475°C or less, or 1450°C or less.
  • the melting point of the glass article can be from 1300°C to 1550°C, from 1325°C to 1525°C, from 1350°C to 1500°C, from 1375°C to 1475°C, from 1400°C to 1450°C, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a liquidus temperature of the glass article may be 1000°C or more, 1050°C or more, 1100°C or more, 1400°C or less, 1350°C or less, or 1300°C or less. In aspects, a liquidus temperature of the glass article may be from 1000°C to 1400°C, from 1050°C to 1350°C, from 1100°C to 1300, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the viscosity of the glass article may be adjusted to prevent devitrification of the glass composition and formation of colorant particles, for example Au particles, during melting and forming. Formation of colorant particles during melting and forming may limit the color gamut that may be achieved by heat treatment.
  • colorant particles for example Au particles
  • the glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P20s (mol%) - 35*Li2O (mol%) - 16.6*B 2 O 3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na 2 O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K2O (mol%) - 26.3*CaO (mol%) is greater than -609 mol%.
  • the glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P 2 O 5 (mol%) - 35*Li 2 O (mol%) - 16.6*B 2 O 3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na 2 O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K 2 O (mol%) - 26.3 *CaO (mol%) is greater than -609 mol%, greater than or equal to -575 mol%, greater than or equal to -550 mol%, or even greater than or equal to -525 mol%.
  • the glass compositions and the resultant glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P 2 O 5 (mol%) - 35*Li 2 O (mol%) - 16.6*B 2 O 3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na 2 O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K 2 O (mol%) - 26.3*CaO (mol%) is less than or equal to -400 mol%, less than or equal to -425 mol%, or even less than or equal to -450 mol%.
  • the glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P20s (mol%) - 35*Li2O (mol%) - 16.6*B 2 O 3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na 2 O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K2O (mol%) - 26.3*CaO (mol%) is from -609 mol% to -400 mol%, from -575 mol% to -425 mol%, from -550 mol% to -450 mol%, from -525 mol% to - 450 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the colorant package comprises Au
  • relatively smaller concentrations of R2O - AI2O3 e.g., less than or equal to 1.5 mol%) may result in a blue or purple glass article.
  • Relatively higher concentrations of R2O - AI2O3 e.g., greater than 1.5 mol%) may result in an orange or red glass article.
  • R2O - AI2O3 may be from -5 mol% to 1.5 mol% and b* may be from -25 to 10 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5).
  • R2O - AI2O3 may be from -3 mol% to 1.5 mol% and b* may be from -15 to 7 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5).
  • R2O - AI2O3 may be from -5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from -1 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0 mol% to 1.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween; and b* may be from -25 to 10 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5), from -15 to 7, from -10 to 5 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5), from -10 to 5 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5), or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • R2O - AI2O3 may be from 1.5 mol% to 7 mol% and b* may be from 0.5 to 25. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 may be from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol% and b* may be from 0.5 to 15. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 may be from 1.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 3 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween; and b* may be from 0.5 to 25, from 2.5 to 15, from 5 to 10, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article may comprise from 60 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 11 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3; from 2 mol% to 8 mol% B2O3; from 9 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O; from 2 mol% to 6 mol% Na2O; and from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 0.01 mol% Au.
  • the glass article can further comprise from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol% MgO; from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol% ZnO; and.
  • MgO + ZnO is from 0.1 mol% to 4.5 mol%.
  • the glass article can further comprise from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol% K2O; and from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 0.05 mol% Au.
  • R2O - AI2O3 is from 0 mol% to 3 mol%.
  • the glass article may comprise from 40 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 8 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3; from 1 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 1 mol% to 20 mol% Li2O; from 1 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O; from 0 mol% to 6 mol% MgO; from 0 mol% to 5 mol% ZnO; and from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 1 mol% Au, wherein: MgO + ZnO is from 0.1 mol% and to 6 mol%.
  • the glass article may further comprise from 0 mol% to 8 mol% MgO and from 0.0005 mol% to 1 mol% Au.
  • the glass article may comprise from 50 mol% to 80 mol% SiO2; from 7 mol% to 25 mol% AI2O3; from 1 mol% to 15 mol% B2O3; from 5 mol% to 20 mol% IJ2O; from 0.5 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O; from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol% K2O; and from 1 x 10' 6 mol% to 1 mol% Au, wherein: R2O - AI2O3 is from -5 mol% to 7 mol%.
  • the glass article can comprise from 50 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 10 mol% to 17.5 mol% AI2O3; from 3 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 8.8 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O; from 1.5 mol% to 8 mol% Na2O; and from 0 mol% to 2 mol% Cr2C>3, wherein: R2O + R'O - AI2O3 is from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, and AI2O3 + MgO + ZnO is from 12 mol% to 22 mol%.
  • the glass article may comprise from 50 mol% to 70 mol% SiO2; from 10 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3; from 4 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 7 mol% to 17 mol% IJ2O; from 1 mol% to 9 mol% Na2O; from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol% SnO2; and from 0.01 mol% to 5 mol% Ag, wherein R2O - AI2O3 is from 0.2 mol% to 5.00 mol%.
  • the glass article may comprise from 50 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 10 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3; from 1 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 7 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O; from 0.01 mol% to 8 mol% Na2O; from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol% K2O; from 0 mol% to 7 mol% CaO; and from 0 mol% to 8 mol% MgO, wherein Li2O + K2O + Na2O + CaO + MgO + ZnO is 25 mol% or more and at least one of: CuO + NiO + CO3O4 + G2O3 is 0.001 mol% or more, CeO2 is 0.1 mol% or more, and/or TiO2 is 0. 1 mol% or more.
  • fracture toughness represents the ability of a glass composition to resist fracture. Fracture toughness is measured on a non-strengthened glass article, such as measuring the Kic value prior to ion exchange (IOX) treatment of the glass article, thereby representing a feature of a glass substrate prior to IOX.
  • IOX ion exchange
  • the fracture toughness of an ion exchanged article means the fracture toughness of a non-ion exchanged article with the same composition and microstructure (when present) as the center (i.e., a point located at least 0.5t from every surface of the article or substrate where t is the thickness of the article or substrate) of the ion exchanged article (which corresponds to the portion of the ion exchanged article least affected by the ion exchange process and, hence, a composition and microstructure comparable to a non-ion exchanged glass).
  • Fracture toughness is measured by the chevron notched short bar method.
  • the chevron notched short bar (CNSB) method is disclosed in Reddy, K.P.R.
  • the glass articles formed from the glass compositions described herein may have an increased fracture toughness such that the colored glass articles are more resistant to damage.
  • the glass article may have a Kic fracture toughness as measured by a CNSB method, prior to ion exchange, of 0.7 MPa m 1 2 or more, 0.8 MPa m 1 2 or more, 0.9 MPa m 1 2 or more, or 1.0 MPa m 1 2 or more.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 formed from the glass compositions described herein may have an increased fracture toughness such that the colored glass articles are more resistant to damage.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 may have a Kic fracture toughness as measured by the DCB method, prior to ion exchange, of 0.6 MPa m 1/2 or more, 0.7 MPa m 1/2 or more, 0.8 MPa m 1/2 or more, 0.9 MPa m 1/2 or more, 1.0 MPa m 1 2 or more.
  • the dielectric constant of the glass article is measured using a split post dielectric resonator (SPDR) at a frequency of 10 GHz.
  • SPDR split post dielectric resonator
  • the dielectric constant was measured on samples of the glass article having a length of 3 inches (76.2 mm), a width of 3 inches (76.2 mm), and a thickness of less than 0.9 mm.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises a dielectric constant Dk at 10 GHz of 6.4 or less, 6.3 or less, 6.2 or less, 6.1 or less, 6 or less, 5.6 or more, 5.7 or more, 5.8 or more, 5.9 or more, or 6.0 or more.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises a dielectric constant Dk at 10 GHz in a range from 5.6 to 6.4, from 5.7 to 6.3, from 5.8 to 6.2, from 5.9 to 6.1, from 5.9 to 6, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz can be within one or more of the above- mentioned ranges.
  • the dielectric constant of the glass article measured at 10 GHz approximates the dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz.
  • a dielectric constant reported for a colored glass article at a frequency of 10 GHz approximates the dielectric constant of the colored glass article at frequencies in a range from 10 GHz to 60 GHz, inclusive of endpoints.
  • the natively colored glass housing can further comprise a coating disposed on the first major surface of the glass article, for example.
  • the coating can be an anti -reflective coating, an anti-glare coating, an easy-to-clean coating, a low-friction coating, an oleophobic coating, a diamond-like coating, a scratch-resistant, coating, an abrasion-resistant coating, a polymeric hard coating, or a combination thereof.
  • a scratch-resistant coating may comprise an oxynitride, for example, aluminum oxynitride or silicon oxynitride with a thickness of about 500 micrometers or more.
  • the abrasion-resistant layer may comprise the same material as the scratch-resistant layer.
  • a low friction coating may comprise a highly fluorinated silane coupling agent, for example, an alkyl fluorosilane with oxymethyl groups pendant on the silicon atom.
  • an easy-to-clean coating may comprise the same material as the low friction coating.
  • the easy-to-clean coating may comprise a protonatable group, for example an amine, for example, an alkyl aminosilane with oxymethyl groups pendant on the silicon atom.
  • the oleophobic coating may comprise the same material as the easy-to-clean coating.
  • a diamond-like coating comprises carbon and may be created by applying a high voltage potential in the presence of a hydrocarbon plasma.
  • a polymeric hard coating can comprise one or more of an ethylene-acid copolymer, a polyurethane-based polymer, an acrylate resin, and a mercapto-ester resin.
  • ethylene-acid copolymers include ethylene-acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymers, and ethylene-acrylic-methacrylic acid terpolymers (e.g., Nucrel, manufactured by DuPont), ionomers of ethylene acid copolymers (e.g., Surlyn, manufactured by DuPont), and ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer amine dispersions (e.g., Aquacer, manufactured by BYK).
  • Example aspects of polyurethane-based polymers include aqueous-modified polyurethane dispersions (e.g., Eleglas®, manufactured by Axalta).
  • Example aspects of acrylate resins that can be UV curable include acrylate resins (e.g., Uvekol® resin, manufactured by Allinex), cyanoacrylate adhesives (e.g., Permabond® UV620, manufactured by Krayden), and UV radical acrylic resins (e.g., Ultrabond windshield repair resin, for example, Ultrabond (45CPS)).
  • Example aspects of mercapto-ester resins include mercapto-ester triallyl isocyanurates (e.g., Norland optical adhesive NO A 61).
  • the polymeric hard coating can comprise ethylene-acrylic acid copolymers and ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymers, which may be ionomerized to form ionomer resins through neutralization of the carboxylic acid residue with typically alkali-metal ions, for example, sodium and potassium, and also zinc.
  • ethylene-acrylic acid and ethylene-methacrylic acid ionomers may be dispersed in water and coated onto the substrate to form an ionomer coating.
  • acid copolymers may be neutralized with ammonia which, after coating and drying liberates the ammonia to reform the acid copolymer as the coating.
  • the foldable apparatus can comprise low energy fracture.
  • the polymeric hard coating can comprise an optically transparent hard-coat layer.
  • Suitable materials for an optically transparent polymeric hard-coat layer include but are not limited to a cured acrylate resin material, an inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material, an aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate, a siloxane-based hybrid material, and a nanocomposite material, for example, an epoxy and urethane material with nanosilicate.
  • inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material means a polymeric material comprising monomers with inorganic and organic components. An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is obtained by a polymerization reaction between monomers having an inorganic group and an organic group.
  • An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is not a nanocomposite material comprising separate inorganic and organic constituents or phases, for example, inorganic particulates dispersed within an organic matrix.
  • suitable materials for an optically transparent polymeric (OTP) hard-coat layer include, but are not limited to, a polyimide, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET), a polycarbonate (PC), a poly methyl methacrylate (PMMA), organic polymer materials, inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric materials, and aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylates.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may consist essentially of an organic polymer material, an inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material, or aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may consist of a polyimide, an organic polymer material, an inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material, or aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may include a nanocomposite material.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may include a nano-silicate and at least one of epoxy or urethane materials. Suitable compositions for such an OTP hard-coat layer are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. No.
  • organic polymer material means a polymeric material comprising monomers with only organic components.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may comprise an organic polymer material manufactured by Gunze Limited and having a hardness of 9H, for example Gunze’s “Highly Durable Transparent Film.”
  • inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material means a polymeric material comprising monomers with inorganic and organic components. An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is obtained by a polymerization reaction between monomers having an inorganic group and an organic group.
  • An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is not a nanocomposite material comprising separate inorganic and organic constituents or phases, for example, inorganic particulates dispersed within an organic matrix.
  • the inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material may include polymerized monomers comprising an inorganic silicon-based group, for example, a silsesquioxane polymer.
  • a silsesqui oxane polymer may be, for example, an alkyl-silsesquioxane, an aryl- silsesqui oxane, or an aryl alkyl-silsesquioxane having the following chemical structure: (RSiOi.s)n, where R is an organic group for example, but not limited to, methyl or phenyl.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may comprise a silsesquioxane polymer combined with an organic matrix, for example, SILPLUS manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • an OTP hard-coat layer may comprise 90 wt% to 95 wt% aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate, e.g., PU662NT (Aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate) manufactured by Miwon Specialty Chemical Co.) and 10 wt% to 5 wt% photo-initiator (e.g., Darocur 1173 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation) with a hardness of 8H or more.
  • aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate e.g., PU662NT (Aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate) manufactured by Miwon Specialty Chemical Co.
  • 10 wt% to 5 wt% photo-initiator e.g., Darocur 1173 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation
  • an OTP hard-coat layer composed of an aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate may be formed as a stand-alone layer by spin-coating the layer on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate, curing the urethane acrylate, and removing the urethane acrylate layer from the PET substrate.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise one or more compressive stress regions.
  • a compressive stress region may be created by chemically strengthening. Chemically strengthening may comprise an ion exchange process, where ions in a surface layer are replaced by-or exchanged with- larger ions having the same valence or oxidation state. Without wishing to be bound by theory, chemically strengthening the glass article can enable good impact resistance, good puncture resistance, and/or higher flexural strength.
  • a compressive stress region may extend into a portion of glass article for a depth called the depth of compression (DOC).
  • DOC depth of compression means the depth at which the stress in the chemically strengthened glass articles described herein changes from compressive stress to tensile stress.
  • Depth of compression can be measured by a surface stress meter or a scattered light polariscope (SCALP, wherein values reported herein were made using SCALP-5 made by Glasstress Co., Estonia) depending on the ion exchange treatment and the thickness of the glass article being measured.
  • a surface stress meter for example, the FSM-6000 (Orihara Industrial Co., Ltd. (Japan)
  • compressive stress is measured by surface stress meter (FSM) using commercially available instruments, for example the FSM-6000, manufactured by Orihara.
  • SOC stress optical coefficient
  • ASTM standard C770-16 entitled “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Glass Stress-Optical Coefficient,” the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • SCALP is used to measure the depth of compression and central tension (CT).
  • CT central tension
  • the exchange depth of sodium may indicate the depth of compression while the exchange depth of potassium ions may indicate a change in the magnitude of the compressive stress (but not the change in stress from compressive to tensile).
  • the refracted near-field (RNF; the RNF method is described in U.S. Patent No. 8,854,623, entitled “Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample”, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) method also may be used to derive a graphical representation of the stress profile.
  • the maximum central tension value provided by SCALP is utilized in the RNF method.
  • depth of layer means the depth that the ions have exchanged into the glass article (e.g., sodium, potassium). Throughout the disclosure, DOL is measured in accordance with ASTM C-1422. Without wishing to be bound by theory, a DOL is usually greater than or equal to the corresponding DOC.
  • the maximum central tension when the maximum central tension cannot be measured directly by SCALP (as when the article being measured is thinner than about 400 pm) the maximum central tension can be approximated by a product of a maximum compressive stress and a depth of compression divided by the difference between the thickness of the glass article and twice the depth of compression, wherein the compressive stress and depth of compression are measured by FSM.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a first compressive stress region extending to a first depth of compression from the first major surface 332 and/or 513.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a second compressive stress region extending to a second depth of compression from the second major surface 330 and/or 515.
  • the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression as a percentage of the thickness 337and/or 517 can be about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 12% or more, about 15% or more, about 30% or less, about 25% or less, about 22% or less, about 20% or less, about 17% or less, or about 15% or less.
  • the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression as a percentage of the thickness 337and/or 517 can be in a range from about 5% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 25%, from about 10% to about 22%, from about 12% to about 20%, from about 12% to about 17%, from about 15% to about 17%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression can be about 10 pm or more, about 20 pm or more, about 30 pm or more, about 40 pm or more, about 50 pm or more, about 60 pm or more, about 500 pm or less, about 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 90 pm or less, or about 80 pm or less.
  • the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression can be in a range from about 10 pm to about 500 pm, from about 20 pm to about 200 pm, from about 30 pm to about 150 pm, from about 40 pm to about 100 pm, from about 50 pm to about 90 pm, from about 60 pm to about 80 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a first depth of layer of one or more alkali-metal ions associated with the first compressive stress region, and/or the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a second depth of layer of one or more alkali-metal ions associated with the second compressive stress region and the second depth of compression.
  • the one or more alkali-metal ions of a depth of layer of one or more alkali-metal ions can include sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium, and/or francium.
  • the one or more alkali ions of the first depth of layer of the one or more alkali ions and/or the second depth of layer of the one or more alkali ions comprises potassium.
  • the first depth of layer and/or the second depth of layer, as a percentage of the thickness 517 can be about 1% or more, about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 12% or more, about 15% or more, about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 17% or less, about 15% or less, or about 10% or less.
  • the first depth of layer and/or the second depth of layer, as a percentage of the thickness 517 can be in a range from about 1% to about 25%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 10% to about 17%, from about 12% to about 15%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the first depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions and/or the second depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions can be about 1 pm or more, about 10 pm or more, about 15 pm or more, about 20 pm or more, about 25 pm or more, about 30 pm or more, about 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 60 pm or less, about 45 pm or less, about 30 pm or less, or about 20 pm or less.
  • the first depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions and/or the second depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions can be in a range from about 1 pm to about 200 pm, from about 1 pm to about 150 pm, from about 10 pm to about 100 pm, from about 15 pm to about 600 pm, from about 20 pm to about 45 pm, from about 20 pm to about 30 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the first compressive stress region can comprise a maximum first compressive stress
  • the second compressive stress region can comprise a maximum second compressive stress.
  • the maximum first compressive stress and/or the maximum second compressive stress can be about 100 MegaPascals (MPa) or more, about 300 MPa or more, 400 MPa or more, about 500 MPa or more, about 600 MPa or more, about 700 MPa or more, about 1,500 MPa or less, about 1,200 MPa or less, about 1,000 MPa or less, or about 800 MPa or less.
  • the maximum first compressive stress and/or the maximum second compressive stress can be in a range from about 100 MPa to about 1,500 MPa, from about 300 MPa to about 1,200 MPa, from about 400 MPa to about 1,000 MPa, from about 500 MPa to about 1,000 MPa, from about 600 MPa to about 900 MPa, from about 700 MPa to about 800 MPa, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a tensile stress region.
  • the tensile stress region can be positioned between the first compressive stress region and the second compressive stress region.
  • the tensile stress region can comprise a maximum tensile stress.
  • the maximum tensile stress can be about 10 MPa or more, about 30 MPa or more, about 50 MPa or more, about 60 MPa or more, about 80 MPa or more, about 250 MPa or less, about 200 MPa or less, about 100 MPa or less, about 80 MPa or less, or about 60 MPa or less.
  • the maximum tensile stress can be in a range from about 10 MPa to about 250 MPa, from about 30 MPa to about 200 MPa, from about 50 MPa to about 100 MPa, from about 60 MPa to about 80 MPa, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises an average transmittance over the wavelength range from 400 nm to 750 nm of 10% or more, about 15% or more, 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, 40% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 75% or more, 80% or more, 82% or more, 85% or more, 87% or more, 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less 86% or less, 85% or less, 80% or less, 75% or less, or 70% or less.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises an average transmittance over the wavelength range from 400 nm to 750 nm from 10% to 92%, from 15% to 92%, from 20% to 91%, from 20% to 91%, from 25% to 91%, from 30% to 90%, from 40% to 90%, from 60% to 89%, from 70% to 88%, from 75% to 87%, from 80% to 86%, from 82% to 85%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can be opaque.
  • the color exhibited by glass article 350 and/or 511 can correspond to at least one 10 nm band with lower transmittance than the average transmittance over the visible spectrum (e.g., from 400 nm to 700 nm).
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can exhibit a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm that is 3% or more, 5% or more, 8% or more, 10% or more, 20% or more, 40% or more 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or less, 78% or less, 75% or less, 72% or less, 70% or less, 68% or less, or 65% or less.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can exhibit a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm in range from 3% to 80% , from 5% to 78%, from 8% to 75%, from 10% to 72%, from 20% to 70%, from 40% to 68%, from 50% to 65%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE L* value can be about 50 or more with an absolute value of the CIE a* value of about 0.3 or more (e.g., about 15 or more) and an absolute value of the CIE b* value of about 0.2 or more (e.g., about 5 or more).
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a CIE L* value of 50 or more, 60 or more, 70 or more, 75 or more, 80 or more, 85 or more, 90 or more, 96 or less, 92 or less, 90 or less, 88 or less, 85 or less, 82 or less, 80 or less, 75 or less, 65 or less, or 55 or less.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a CIE L* value from 50 to 96, from 60 to 92, from 70 to 90, from 75 to 88, from 80 to 85, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise an absolute value of a CIE a* (i.e.,
  • a CIE a* (i.e.,
  • the CIE a* value can be about -35 or more, -20 or more, -18 or more, -15 or more, -10 or more, -5 or more, -3 or more, -1 or more, 0.3 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1 or more, 5 or more, 8 or more, 10 or more, 18 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 65 or less, 40 or less, 25 or less, 18 or less, 10 or less, 8 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, 1 or less, -0.3 or more, -0.5 or more, -0.8 or more, -1 or less, -3 or less, -5 or less, -8 or less, -10 or less, -15 or less, -18 or less, -20 or less, or -25 or less.
  • the CIE a* value (excluding values from -0.3 to 0.3) can range from about - 35 to 65, from -20 to 40, from -18 to 25, from -15 to 20, from -10 to 18, from -5 to 10, from -3 to 5, from -1 to 3, from -0.8 to 1, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE a* value (excluding value from -0.3 to 0.3) can range from -35 to 60, -20 to 60, -10 to 25, from -5 to 25, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE a* value can range from -35 to -0.3, from -18 to -0.5, from -15 to -1, from -10 to -1, from -8 to -1, from -5 to -1, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE a* value can range from 0.3 to 65, from 0.3 to 25, from 0.3 to 18, from 0.3 to 10, from 0.5 to 8, from 1 to 5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE a* value can be about -3 or less, for example, in a range from about -35 to about -3, from about -20 to about -3, from about -18 to about -3, from about -15 to about -3, from about -10 to about -5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise an absolute value of a CIE b* (i.e.,
  • b* i.e.,
  • the CIE b* value can be -90 or more, -85 or more, -75 or more, -50 or more, -35 or more, -20 or more, -5 or more, -1 or more, 0.2 or more, 0.3 or more, 0.5 or more, 1 or more, 3 or more, 5 or more, 8 or more, 10 or more, 20 or more, 50 or more, 70 or more, 120 or less, 90 or less, 82 or less, 75 or less, 50 or less, 35 or less, 20 or less, 8 or less, 5 or less, -0.2 or less, -0.3 or less, -0.5 or less, -1 or less, -5 or less, -10 or less, -20 or less, -35 or less, -50 or less, or -70 or less.
  • the CIE b* value (excluding from -0.2 to 0.2) can range from -90 to 120, from -85 to 75, from -50 to 50, from -35 to 35, from -20 to 20, from -5 to 8, from -1 to 5, from 0.2 to 3, from 0.3 to 1, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE b* value can range from -20 to 5, from -10 to 5, from -5 to 5, from - 5 to 3, from -5 to 1, from -5 to -0.2, from -3 to -0.3, from -1 to -0.5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE b* value can range from 0.2 to 90, from 0.5 to 82, from 1 to 75, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 5, from 1.5 to 5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE b* value can range from -90 to -0.2, from -85 to -0.5, from -20 to -1, from -10 to -1, from -1 to -5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the CIE b* value can be about 5 or more, for example, in a range from about 5 to about 120, from about 5 to about 90, from about 5 to about 75, from about 5 to about 50, from about 5 to about 35, from about 5 to about 25, from about 5 to about 20, from about 5 to about 8, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 511 can comprise a plurality of particulates (e.g., particulate 603, 605, and 613).
  • a “maximum dimension” of a particulate is the longest linear distance from one end of the particulate to another end of the particulate such that a line segment connecting the two ends is entirely within the particulate (other than at the ends).
  • particulate 603 or 605 is circular in the two-dimensional image shown in FIG. 6; so, the maximum dimension 605 or 609 is equal to the diameter of the circular shape.
  • the particulate 613 is an irregular, elongated shape
  • the maximum dimension 613 is the longest line segment of all line segments between pairs of two points (e.g., ends) of the particulate 613 with the line segment therebetween (not shown) being entirely within the particulate 613 (other than at the endpoints of the line segment).
  • a “particulate” comprising a maximum dimension of 30 nm or more and the “particulate” comprises a colorant (as discussed above).
  • a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can have a single peak (e.g., unimodal), for example, corresponding to predominantly smaller particulates like particulate 603 or predominantly larger particulates like particulate 609 or 613.
  • a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can have more than one peak (e.g., bimodal or otherwise having more than one local maximum), for example, with a set a smaller particulates (e.g., particulate 603) and a set of larger particulates (e.g., particulate 609 or 613).
  • a majority of the particulates can have maximum dimension less than 50 pm.
  • 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 30 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 20 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 20 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • 50% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension can be from 2 pm to 40 pm, from 10 pm to 40 pm, from 30 nm to 30 pm, or from 2 pm to 30 pm.
  • a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates that is greater than 50 pm can be about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 15% or less, about 10% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less about 2% or less, or about 1% or less.
  • a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates that is greater than 100 pm can be about 10% or less, about 7% or less, about 6% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less, about 2% or less, or about 1% or less.
  • a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 80 pm or less, about 60 pm or less, about 50 pm or less, or about 40 pm or less.
  • a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be about 30 nm or more, about 40 nm or more, about 50 nm or more, about 70 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, about 200 nm or more, about 500 nm or more, about 800 nm or more, about 1 pm or more, about 2 pm or more, about 5 pm or more, about 10 pm or more, about 50 pm or less, about 45 pm or less, about 40 pm or less, about 35 pm or less, about 30 pm or less, about 25 pm or less, about 20 pm or less, about 15 pm or less, about 10 pm or less, about 5 pm or less, or about 1 pm or less.
  • a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be in a range from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 40 nm to about 45 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 100 nm to about 40 pm, from about 200 nm to about 40 pm, from about 500 nm to about 35 pm, from about 800 nm to about 35 pm, from about 1 pm to about 30 pm, from about 2 pm to about 25 pm, from about 5 pm to about 20 pm, from about 10 pm to about 15 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be in a range from about 30 nm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 20 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be less than 10 pm, for example, from about 30 nm to about 10 pm, from about 40 nm to about 10 pm, from about 50 nm to about 5 pm, from about 70 nm to about 5 pm, from about 100 nm to about 1 pm, from about 200 nm to about 1 pm, from about 500 nm to about 1 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the plurality of particulates can include a set of particulates with a maximum dimension from 30 nm to 2 pm or from 50 nm to 2 pm.
  • a concentration of the plurality of particulates is measured for a section of the glass article comprising a 1 mm x 1 mm portion of the major surfaces and all the material therebetween using optical microscopy.
  • density of the glass article is measured in accordance with ASTM D792. Consequently, a mass of the portion of the glass article where the measurement occurs can be calculated.
  • a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article can be about 1 particulate per kilogram (p/kg) or more, about 2 p/kg or more, about 5 p/kg or more, about 10 p/kg or more, about 20 p/kg or more, about 30 p/kg or more, about 1,000 p/kg or less, about 500 p/kg or less, about 200 p/kg or less, about 100 p/kg or less, about 80 p/kg or less, about 60 p/kg or less, about 40 p/kg or less, or about 20 p/kg or less.
  • a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article can range from about 1 p/kg to about 1,000 p/kg or, from about 2 p/kg to about 500 p/kg, from about 5 p/kg or to about 200 p/kg, from about 10 p/kg to about 100 p/kg, from about 20 p/kg to about 80 p/kg, from about 30 p/kg or to about 60 p/kg, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a “cluster of particulates” refers to a collection of particulates where each particulate in the cluster is within 15 pm of another particulate in the cluster of particulates.
  • a “maximum dimension” dimension refers to the distance of the longest line segment between ends of the particulate. Unlike the “maximum dimension” of a single particle, the “maximum dimension” of a cluster of particulates is not limited to having the line segment entirely within the particulate. For example, as shown in FIGS. 10-13, clusters 1001, 1101, 1201, and 1301 have a maximum dimension 1011, 1111, 1211, or 1311 from one end of the cluster to another end, where each particulate in the cluster is within 15 pm of another particulate in the cluster. With reference to FIG.
  • particulate 1003 is separated from particulate 1005 by spacing 1015, where the spacing is about 6 pm that is less than 15 pm and the distance between other adjacent pairs of particulates is less than spacing 1015. Also, it is to be noted that the maximum dimension 1013 of the particulate 1003 is not required to be measured in the same direction as the maximum dimension 1011 of the cluster 1001.
  • a majority of the clusters of particulates can have a maximum dimension less than 50 pm.
  • 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 10 pm to about 30 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 30 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • 50% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension can be from 10 pm to 40 pm, from 30 nm to 30 pm, or from 2 pm to 30 pm.
  • a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates that is greater than 50 pm can be about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 15% or less, about 10% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less about 2% or less, or about 1% or less.
  • a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates that is greater than 100 pm can be about 10% or less, about 7% or less, about 6% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less, about 2% or less, or about 1% or less.
  • a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 80 pm or less, about 60 pm or less, about 50 pm or less, or about 40 pm or less.
  • a median value of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be about 50 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, about 500 nm or more, about 1 pm or more, about 2 pm or more, about 5 pm or more, about 10 pm or more, about 50 pm or less, about 45 pm or less, about 40 pm or less, about 35 pm or less, about 30 pm or less, about 25 pm or less, about 20 pm or less, about 15 pm or less, about 10 pm or less, about 5 pm or less, or about 1 pm or less.
  • a median value of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be in a range from about 50 nm to about 50 pm, from about 100 nm to about 50 pm, from about 500 nm to about 45 pm, from about 1 pm to about 45 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 5 pm to about 40 pm, from about 10 pm to about 40 pm, from about 15 pm to about 40 pm, from about 15 pm to about 35 pm, from about 20 pm to about 25 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a median value of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be in a range from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, about 10 pm to about 40 pm, from about 10 pm to about 30 pm, from about 15 pm to about 30 pm, from about 15 pm to about 25 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a concentration of the clusters of particulates is measured for a section of the glass article comprising a 1 mm x 1 mm portion of the major surfaces and all the material therebetween using optical microscopy.
  • a concentration of clusters of particulates in the glass article can be about 1 cluster per kilogram (c/kg) or more, about 2 c/kg or more, about 5 c/kg or more, about 10 c/kg or more, about 20 c/kg or more, about 30 c/kg or more, about 1,000 c/kg or less, about 500 c/kg or less, about 200 c/kg or less, about 100 c/kg or less, about 80 c/kg or less, about 60 c/kg or less, about 40 c/kg or less, or about 20 c/kg or less.
  • a concentration of clusters of particulates in the glass article can range from about 1 c/kg to about 1,000 c/kg or, from about 2 c/kg to about 500 c/kg, from about 5 c/kg or to about 200 c/kg, from about 10 c/kg to about 100 c/kg, from about 20 c/kg to about 80 c/kg, from about 30 c/kg or to about 60 c/kg, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the present inventors have discovered that these particulates can enable a more saturated color to be achieved. Indeed, the more saturated color can be achieved without noticeable visual defects associated with the particulates when a majority of the particulates (or a portion described above) have a maximum dimension less than about 50 pm (e.g., less than about 40 pm). Since the particulates described herein comprise colorants, the particulates enable higher amounts of colorant to be included in glass articles without noticeable visual defects to achieve colors that may not otherwise be possible with a natively colored glass article and/or natively colored glass housing. Providing more saturated colors can be aesthetically pleasing.
  • the particulates of the present disclosure can have a median of a maximum dimension of a particulate and/or a median of a maximum dimension of a cluster size that is 50 pm or less (e.g., 40 pm or less, from 10 pm to 30 pm), and/or a distribution of the particulates or clusters of the present disclosure greater than 40 pm or more (e.g., 50 pm or more) can be less than 40% (e.g., less than 20%).
  • a first step 701 of methods of the disclosure methods can start with obtaining raw materials for the glass article and/or natively colored glass article, which can be obtained, for example, by purchase or otherwise obtaining the raw materials.
  • the raw materials can be melted together and formed in a glass article by the end of step 701.
  • precursor materials comprising a combination of constituent glass components and one or more colorants in a colorant package described herein may be melted together.
  • the glass article can be provided by forming them with a variety of ribbon forming processes, for example, slot draw, down-draw, fusion down-draw, up-draw, press roll, redraw, or float.
  • the glass article may be provided by purchase or otherwise obtaining a substrate or by forming the glass article.
  • methods can comprise milling the precursor materials or at least the precursor material comprising the colorant to reduce an associated particle size, which can increase a particulate size in the resulting glass article.
  • the initial glass article may be exposed to a heat treatment to produce color in the glass article, as described below in step 705.
  • step 703 methods can proceed to step 703 comprising melting together the raw materials to form a glass article.
  • Amounts the raw materials (mol% on an oxide basis) can be within one or more of the ranges discussed above for the composition of glass article.
  • the raw materials can further comprise an additive that can impact the resulting color and/or ultraviolet (UV)-related properties of the glass article but will volatilize during the melting of the raw materials to form the glass article.
  • UV-related properties of the glass article e.g., KNO3, NaNCh
  • sulfates e.g., K2SO4, Na2SC>4
  • carbon e.g., charcoal, carbon black
  • the raw materials can include a source of nitrate (e.g., KNO3, NaNCh) with the amount of nitrate in the raw materials can be about 1.5 wt% or more, about 2 wt% or more, about 2.5 wt% or more, about 5 wt% or less, about 3 wt% or less, or about 2.9 wt% or less.
  • a source of nitrate e.g., KNO3, NaNCh
  • the raw materials can include a source of nitrate (e.g., KNO3, NaNCh) with the amount of nitrate in the raw materials can range from about 1.5 wt% to about 5 wt%, from about 2 wt% to about 3 wt%, from about 2.5 wt% to about 2.9 wt%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • a source of nitrate e.g., KNO3, NaNCh
  • an amount of the source of sulfate in the precursor materials can range from about 0.01 wt% to about 1 wt%, from about 0.02 wt% to about 1 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 0.5 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 0.3 wt%, from about 0.15 wt% to about 0.25 wt%, from about 0.2 wt% to about 0.25 wt%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • step 703 can further comprise applying pressure from a roller to break apart any large (e.g., 50 pm or more) particulates.
  • step 703 methods can proceed to step 705 comprising heating the glass article.
  • heating the glass article can comprise placing the glass article 511 in an oven 801.
  • different color coordinates within the color gamut may be achieved by altering the heat treatment cycle of the glass composition used to produce the resultant colored glass articles.
  • the heat treatment cycle is characterized by the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven) and the duration of the cycle (i.e., the time exposed to the heated environment).
  • the phrase “temperature of the heat treatment cycle” refers to the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven).
  • glass articles described herein are heat treated in an isothermal oven to produce the resultant colored glass articles.
  • methods may follow arrow 704 or 706 from step 703 omitting step 705, for example, if the glass article does not need to be heat treated to be colored or if the color was otherwise developed by the end of step 703.
  • the precursor glass article may be exposed to a heat treatment to produce color in the glass.
  • the heat treatment may induce the formation of colorant particles in the glass which, in turn, cause the glass to become colored.
  • the glass may appear clear (i.e., colorless) prior to heat treatment.
  • colorant particles may include, for example and without limitation, Au particles (e.g., when the colorant package in the glass comprises Au), randomly oriented, anisotropic silver particles (e.g., when the colorant package comprises Ag) and/or the like, thereby forming a colored glass article.
  • the time and/or temperature of the heat treatment may be specifically selected to produce a colored glass article having a desired color.
  • a desired color is a result of the morphology of the particles precipitated in the glass which, in turn, is dependent on the time and/or temperature of the heat treatment. Accordingly, it should be understood that a single glass composition can be used to form colored glass articles having different colors based on the time and/or temperature of the applied heat treatment in addition to the composition of the colorant package included in the glass. Specifically, different color coordinates within the color gamut may be achieved by altering the heat treatment cycle of the glass composition used to produce the resultant colored glass articles.
  • the heat treatment cycle is characterized by the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven) and the duration of the cycle (i.e., the time exposed to the heated environment).
  • temperature of the heat treatment cycle refers to the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven).
  • glass articles formed from the glass compositions described herein are heat treated in an isothermal oven to produce the resultant colored glass articles.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment cycle 500°C or more, 550°C or more, 575°C or more, 600°C or more, 625°C or more, 650°C or more, 800°C or less, 775°C or less, 750°C or less, 725°C or less, or 700°C or less.
  • the temperature of the heat treatment cycle can range from 500°C to 800°C, from 550°C to 750°, from 575°C to 725°C, from 600°C to 725°C, from 625°C to 700°C, from 650°C to 700°C, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the duration of the heat treatment cycle can be 0.15 hours or more, 0.25 hours or more, 0.5 hours or more, 1 hour or more, 2 hours or more, 24 hours or less, 16 hours or less, 8 hours or less, 6 hours or less, 4 hours or less, or 3 hours or less. In aspects, the duration of the heat treatment cycle can range from 0.15 hours to 24 hours, from 0.25 hours to 16 hours, from 0.5 hours to 8 hours, from 1 hour to 6 hours, from 1 hour to 4 hours, from 2 hours to 4 hours, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the heat treatment may comprise ramping up to a heat treatment temperature at a heating rate and cooling down from the heat treatment temperature at a cooling rate.
  • the selected heating rate and cooling rate may affect the color coordinates of the resultant colored glass articles.
  • the heating rate of the heat treatment may be 2°C/min or more, 3°C/min or more, 10°C/min or less, 7°C/min or less, or 5°C/min or less.
  • the heating rate of the heat treatment can range from 2°C/min to 10°C/min, from 3°C/min to 7°C/min, from 3°C/min to 5°C/min, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the cooling rate of the heat treatment may be l°C/min or more, 2°C/min or more, 10°C/min or less, 8°C/min or less, 6°C/min or less, or 4°C/min or less. In aspects, the cooling rate of the heat treatment can range from l°C/min to 10°C/min, from l°C/min to 8°C/min, from 2°C/min to 6°C/min, from 2°C/min to 4°C/min, or any range or subrange therebetween. [00217] Exemplary aspects of heat treatments for glass articles including Ag are presented.
  • colored glass articles having an orange color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 590°C to about 610°C for a heat treatment time from about 45 minutes to about 180 minutes.
  • colored glass articles having a red color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 600°C to about 615°C for a heat treatment time from about 180 minutes to about 300 minutes
  • colored glass articles having a green color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 620°C to about 640°C for a heat treatment time from about 20 minutes to about 40 minutes.
  • colored glass articles having a brown color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 640°C to about 660°C for a heat treatment time from about 30 minutes to about 90 minutes.
  • colored glass articles having a purple color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 625°C to about 650°C for from about 30 minutes to about 90 minutes.
  • step 707 can comprise contacting at least a portion of the glass article 511 with a molten salt solution 903 (e.g., contained in a bath 901).
  • a molten salt solution 903 e.g., contained in a bath 901.
  • the glass article 511 can be immersed in the molten salt solution 903 contained in the bath 901.
  • step 707 can develop the first compressive stress region, the second compressive stress region, and/or the tensile stress region discussed above and the corresponding region can comprise a maximum stress and/or depth of compression within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above.
  • the molten salt solution comprises sodium and/or potassium ions (e.g., from KNO3 and/or NaNCh).
  • the temperature of the molten salt solution 903 can be about 300°C or more, about 360°C or more, about 400°C or more, about 500°C or less, about 460°C or less, or about 420°C or less.
  • the temperature of the molten salt solution 903 can be in a range from about 300°C to about 500°C, from about 360°C to about 460°C, from about 400°C to about 420°C, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • the glass article 511 can be in contact with the molten salt solution 903 for about 30 minutes or more, about 45 minutes or more, about 1 hour or more, about 8 hours or less, about 4 hours or less, about 2 hours or less, or about 1.5 hours or less. In aspects, the glass article 511 can be in contact with the molten salt solution 903 for a time in a range from about 30 minutes to about 8 hours, from about 45 minutes to about 4 hours, from about 1 hour to about 2 hours, from about 1 hour to about 1.5 hours, or any range or subrange therebetween.
  • step 709 comprising assembling the glass article 511 into a natively colored glass housing, an electronic device (e.g., consumer electronic device).
  • step 709 can comprise disposing and/or attaching the glass article to the reflector (e.g., in a natively colored glass housing).
  • steps 703, 705, 707, or 709 methods can be complete upon reaching step 711.
  • methods of making a glass article and/or a natively colored glass housing in accordance with aspects of the disclosure can proceed along steps 701, 703, 705, 707, 709, and 711 of the flow chart in FIG. 7 sequentially, as discussed above.
  • methods can follow arrow 702 from step 701 to step 707, for example, if the glass article is colored by the end of step 701.
  • methods can follow arrow 704 from step 703 to step 711, for example if methods are complete at the end of step 703.
  • methods can follow arrow 706 from step 703 to step 707, for example, if the glass article does not need to be heat treated to be colored or if the color was otherwise developed by the end of step 703.
  • methods can follow arrow 708 from step 705 to step 711, for example, if methods are complete at the end of step 705.
  • methods can follow arrow 710 from step 707 to step 711, for example, if methods are complete at the end of step 707. Any of the above options may be combined to make a foldable apparatus in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure.
  • Examples 10-13 were formed as a glass article with the Composition A stated in Table 1, and Example 1 was formed as a glass article with the Composition B stated in Table 1.
  • Examples 1 and 10-13 comprised a thickness of 2.4 mm.
  • the CIE L* values were from 80 to 84
  • the CIE a* values were from -12 to -10
  • the CIE b* values were from 1 to 5.
  • FIGS. 10-13 clusters 1001, 1101, 1201, and 1301, respectively, for Examples 10-13 taken from glass comprising Composition A.
  • the properties of Examples 10-13 are shown in Table 2.
  • the number of clusters per kilogram of material comprising Composition A ranged from about 10 clusters per kilogram to about 150 clusters per kilogram.
  • cluster 1001 of Example 10 comprised particulates 1003, 1005, 1007, and 1009 with particulate 1013 being the largest with a maximum dimension of 6 pm.
  • Particulates 1003, 1005, 1007, and 1009 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions less than 10 pm.
  • the largest spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1001 was between particulates 1003 and 1005 with a spacing 1015 of 6 pm.
  • the maximum dimension 1011 of cluster 1001 was 21 pm.
  • cluster 1101 of Example 11 comprised particulates 1103, 1105, 1107, and 1109, although particulate 1103 is likely a collection of particulates in contact with one another.
  • the largest particulate in FIG. 11 is particulate 1103 with maximum dimension 1113 of 13 pm.
  • Particulates 1105, 1107, and 1109 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions less than 10 pm.
  • the largest spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1101 was between particulates 1105 and 1107 with a spacing 1115 of 10 pm.
  • the maximum dimension 1111 of the cluster 1101 was 50 pm.
  • cluster 1201 of Example 12 comprised particulates 1203, 1205, 1207, and 1209, although particulate 1203 is likely two particulates in contact.
  • the largest particulate in FIG. 12 is particulate 1203 with a maximum dimension 1213 of 22 pm.
  • Particulates 1205, 1207, and 1209 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions less than 10 pm.
  • the largest spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1201 was between particulates 1203 and 1205 with a spacing 1215 of 12 pm.
  • the maximum dimension 1211 of the cluster 1201 was 42 pm.
  • cluster 1301 of Example 13 comprised particulates 1303, 1305, 1307, and 1309, although particulate 1307 is likely several particulates in contact with one another and particulate 1305.
  • the largest particulate in FIG. 13 is particulate 1303 with a maximum dimension 1313 of 4 pm.
  • Particulates 1303, 1305, 1307, and 1309 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions of less than 10 pm.
  • the maximum spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1301 was between particulates 1305 and 1305 with a spacing 1315 of 15 pm.
  • the maximum dimension 1311 of the cluster 1301 was 32 pm.
  • Table 3 presents the distribution of cluster maximum dimension of Example 1 comprising Composition B.
  • the concentration of clusters ranged from about 10 clusters per kilogram to about 200 cluster per kilogram.
  • the maximum value of the maximum dimension of a cluster detected was less than 150 pm. Less than 10% of the clusters had a maximum dimension of 75 pm or more. Less than 20% of the clusters had a maximum dimension of 50 pm or more.
  • About 50% of the clusters had a maximum dimension from 20 pm to 40 gm. More than 80% of the clusters had a maximum dimension less than 50 gm. More than 50% and more than 60% (e.g., 65%) of the clusters had a maximum dimension less than 40 gm.
  • a median of the maximum value of the maximum dimension of the clusters was about 33 gm.
  • An analysis by XPS of the particulates in Example 1 confirmed that about 90% or more of the particulates comprised a colorant (i.e., chromium).
  • the clusters can comprise multiple particulates, for example, 4 or more particulates. Consequently, it is expected that the distribution of maximum dimension of particulates would have a median of the maximum dimension of less than 10 pm. Indeed 13 of the 16 particulates labeled in FIGS. 10-13 had a maximum dimension of 10 pm or less.
  • the above observations can be combined to provide glass articles and natively colored glass articles including the same that contain a plurality of particulates that can provide a saturated color, which can be aesthetically pleasing. Providing the more saturated color can be achieved without noticeable visual defects associated with the particulates, for example, when a majority of the particulates (or a portion described above) have a maximum dimension less than about 50 gm (e.g., less than about 40 gm). Since the particulates comprise colorants, the particulates enable higher amounts of colorant to be included in glass articles without noticeable visual defects to achieve colors that may not otherwise be possible with a natively colored glass article and/or natively colored glass housing.
  • the particulates of the present disclosure can have a median of a maximum dimension of a particulate and/or a median of a maximum dimension of a cluster size that is 50 pm or less (e.g., 40 pm or less, from 10 pm to 30 pm), and/or a distribution of the particulates or clusters of the present disclosure greater than 40 pm or more (e.g., 50 pm or more) can be less than 40% (e.g., less than 20%).
  • particulates and/or clusters a corresponding maximum dimension e.g., median of the corresponding maximum dimension or maximum value of the corresponding maximum dimension
  • 30 nm to 50 pm e.g., from 50 nm to 50 pm, 2 pm to 40 pm, etc.
  • the particulates and/or clusters of particulates do not change the color of the glass article even though the particulates and/or clusters comprise the colorant.
  • particulates with a maximum dimension of less than or equal to 2 pm may not be visible even with optical microscopy techniques. Consequently, glass articles with the particulates and/or clusters of particulates described herein can be made in a more cost-effective manner relative to glass articles that are free of such particulates. For example, cheaper and/or less purified raw materials that result in such particulates and/or clusters can be used, and/or processing time associated with dissolving the raw materials can be reduced that can reduce costs and increase cycle time.
  • the particulates and/or clusters of the present disclosure may increase a toughness (e.g., fracture resistance) of the glass article, for example, by deflecting and/or arresting crack propagation that is incident on such structures.
  • a toughness e.g., fracture resistance
  • the glass-based material of the glass article can provide good dimensional stability, good impact resistance, good crack resistance, good puncture resistance, and/or good flexural strength.
  • the glass article can include a compressive stress region (e.g., be chemically strengthened), which can provide improved crack resistance, puncture resistance, impact resistance, and/or improved flexural strength.
  • Minimizing the combination of R2O, CaO, MgO, and ZnO in the glass composition may provide the resultant colored glass article with a desirable dielectric constant, for example when the colored glass article is used as a portion of a housing for an electronic device. Providing a dielectric constant for frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz from 5.6 to 6.4 can allow wireless communication through the glass article.
  • Providing a natively colored glass housing with a colored glass article can eliminate the need for an additional layer to impart color to the housing, which can simplify assembly and provide a more consistent color. Consequently, the natively colored glass housing including the glass article can provide an aesthetically pleasing appearance (e.g., color) while simultaneously protecting an electronic device from damage and/or permitting wireless communication therethrough.
  • the term “about” means that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but may be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those of skill in the art. Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, aspects include from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Geochemistry & Mineralogy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Glass Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

Glass articles include a thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite ethe first major surface. The glass article includes a plurality of particulates distributed throughout a volume of the glass article. A median of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates range from about 30 nanometers to about 500 micrometers. The plurality of particulates include a colorant. The glass article exhibits an absolute value of a CIE a* value of the glass article is about 0.3 or more, and an absolute of the CIE b* value of the glass article is about 0.2 or more. The glass article includes at least one alkali metal oxide.

Description

GLASS ARTICLES AND NATIVELY COLORED GLASS HOUSINGS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119 of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/433,119 filed December 16, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to glass articles and natively colored glass housings and, more particularly, to glass articles and natively colored glass housings comprising aa plurality of particulates.
BACKGROUND
[0003] Glass articles are commonly used, for example, in display devices, for example, liquid crystal displays (LCDs), electrophoretic displays (EPD), organic light-emitting diode displays (OLEDs), plasma display panels (PDPs), or the like. Glass articles can form part of a housing as well as covering the display.
[0004] Aluminosilicate glass articles may exhibit superior ion-exchangeability and drop performance. Various industries, including the consumer electronics industry, desire colored materials with the same or similar strength and fracture toughness properties as existing, non-colored, ion-exchange strengthened glasses. However, it was believed that there was a limit as to how much colorant or color saturation could be efficiently achieved without the formation of defects, such as unwanted clumps of colorants and/or agglomerations of unmelted raw materials in the glass. Accordingly, a need exists for an alternative colored glass article with a higher concentration of colorants and/or more saturated color having good strength, rich color, consistency of composition, toughness, and/or dielectric qualities to facilitate useability and communication, such as for use with consumer electronics .
SUMMARY
[0005] There are set forth herein glass articles and natively colored glass housings including the same that contain some types of particulates, but not others, such as those that may be unwanted, and where the articles and housings provide a rich, saturated color, which can be aesthetically pleasing. Providing the more saturated color can be achieved without noticeable visual defects associated with the particulates, for example, when a majority of the particulates (or a portion described above) have a maximum dimension less than about 50 pm (e.g., less than about 40 gm). Since the particulates comprise colorants, the particulates enable higher amounts of colorant to be included in glass articles without noticeable visual defects to achieve colors that may not otherwise be possible with a natively colored glass article and/or natively colored glass housing.
[0006] Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that traditional colorant approaches produce particles less than 50 nm (e.g., less than 30 nm), if any. For example, as described above, the length of silver particles is less than 40 nm with smaller maximum values provided. Likewise, gold particles for imparting color comprise nanometer scale maximum dimensions (e.g., less than 30 nm, less than 20 nm, from 1 nm to 20 nm). Indeed, it is believed that particulates of gold and silver larger than 50 nm would not be effect as colorants. Consequently, the particulates (and clusters thereof) described herein are of a different scale than would be achieved in traditional approaches.
[0007] On the other hand, large aggregates encountered in conventional approaches to increasing colorant concentration tend to about 100 pm or more, which can be noticeable with the naked eye and/or aesthetically unpleasing. In contrast, the particulates of the present disclosure can have a median of a maximum dimension of a particulate and/or a median of a maximum dimension of a cluster size that is 50 pm or less (e.g., 40 pm or less, from 10 pm to 40 pm, from 10 pm to 30 pm), and/or a distribution of the particulates or clusters of the present disclosure greater than 40 pm or more (e.g., 50 pm or more) can be less than 40% (e.g., less than 20%).
[0008] The inventors of the present application have discovered that particulates and/or clusters a corresponding maximum dimension (e.g., median of the corresponding maximum dimension or maximum value of the corresponding maximum dimension) from 30 nm to 50 pm (e.g., from 50 nm to 50 pm, 2 pm to 40 pm, etc.) may not be noticeable to the naked eye in combination with the saturated colors of the present disclosure. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the particulates and/or clusters of particulates do not change the color of the glass article even though the particulates and/or clusters comprise the colorant. Further, particulates with a maximum dimension of less than or equal to 2 pm (e.g., from 30 nm to 2 pm, from 50 nm to 2 pm) may not be visible even with optical microscopy techniques. Consequently, glass articles with the particulates and/or clusters of particulates described herein can be made in a more cost-effective manner relative to glass articles that are free of such particulates. For example, cheaper and/or less purified raw materials that result in such particulates and/or clusters can be used, and/or processing time associated with dissolving the raw materials can be reduced that can reduce costs and increase cycle time. Further, without wishing to be bound by theory, the particulates and/or clusters of the present disclosure may increase a toughness (e.g., fracture resistance) of the glass article, for example, by deflecting and/or arresting crack propagation that is incident on such structures.
[0009] The glass-based material of the glass article can provide good dimensional stability, good impact resistance, good crack resistance, good puncture resistance, and/or good flexural strength. The glass article can include a compressive stress region (e.g., be chemically strengthened), which can provide improved crack resistance, puncture resistance, impact resistance, and/or improved flexural strength. Minimizing the combination of R2O, CaO, MgO, and ZnO in the glass composition may provide the resultant colored glass article with a desirable dielectric constant, for example when the colored glass article is used as a portion of a housing for an electronic device. Providing a dielectric constant for frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz from 5.6 to 6.4 can allow wireless communication through the glass article.
[0010] Providing a natively colored glass housing with a colored glass article can eliminate the need for an additional layer to impart color to the housing, which can simplify assembly and provide a more consistent color. Consequently, the natively colored glass housing including the glass article can provide an aesthetically pleasing appearance (e.g., color) while simultaneously protecting an electronic device from damage and/or permitting wireless communication therethrough.
[0011] Some example aspects of the disclosure are described below with the understanding that any of the features of the various aspects may be used alone or in combination with one another.
[0012] Aspect 1. A glass article comprising: a thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite the first major surface; and a plurality of particulates distributed throughout a volume of the glass article, the plurality of particulates comprising colorant, the plurality of particulates comprising a plurality of clusters, each cluster comprising one or more particulates of the plurality of particulates with adjacent pairs of particulates within 15 micrometers of one another, and a median of a maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, wherein the glass article exhibits a CIE L* value of about 50 or more, an absolute value of a CIE a* value of the glass article is about 0.3 or more, and an absolute of the CIE b* value of the glass article is about 0.2 or more, and the glass article comprises at least one alkali metal oxide.
[0013] Aspect 2. The glass article of aspect 1, wherein the colorant comprises chromium, cerium, cobalt, gold, silver, nickel, or combinations thereof.
[0014] Aspect 3. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-2, wherein a concentration of the colorant is about 50 ppm or more.
[0015] Aspect 4. The glass article of aspect 3, wherein the concentration of the colorant is from about 500 ppm to about 10,000 ppm.
[0016] Aspect 5. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein the plurality of particulates comprise a median of an maximum dimension ranging from about 30 nm to about 40 pm.
[0017] Aspect 6. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein a median of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 2 pm to about 30 pm.
[0018] Aspect 7. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 30 nm to about 50 pm.
[0019] Aspect 8. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-4, wherein 60% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm.
[0020] Aspect 9. The glass article of any one of claims 7-8, wherein 5% or less of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is 100 pm or more.
[0021] Aspect 10. The glass article of any one of aspects 5-9, wherein a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is about 50 pm or less.
[0022] Aspect 11. The glass article of any one of claims 5-10, wherein the plurality of particulates further comprises a set of particulates with a maximum dimension from 30 nm to 2 pm. [0023] Aspect 12. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-11, wherein a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
[0024] Aspect 13. The glass article of aspect 12, wherein the concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
[0025] Aspect 14. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-13, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 50 nm to about 50 pm.
[0026] Aspect 15. The glass article of aspect 14, wherein 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm.
[0027] Aspect 16. The glass article of any one of aspects 14-15, wherein 5% or less of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is 100 pm or more.
[0028] Aspect 17. The glass article of any one of aspects 13-16, wherein a concentration of the plurality of clusters in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
[0029] Aspect 18. The glass article of aspect 17, wherein the concentration of the plurality of clusters in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
[0030] Aspect 19. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-18, wherein the glass article comprises a CIE a* value from about -15 to -1.
[0031] Aspect 20. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-19, wherein the CIE b* value is from about 1.5 to about 5.
[0032] Aspect 21. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-20, wherein the CIE L* value is from about 80 to 96.
[0033] Aspect 22. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-21, further comprising: from about 50 mol% to about 75 mol% SiCE; from about 5 mol% to about 20 mol% AI2O3; from about 15 mol% to about 20 mol% of the at least one alkali metal oxide; and at least one of B2O3 or P2O5. [0034] Aspect 23. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-21, wherein the glass article comprises, as a mol% of the glass article: from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCh; from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3; from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3; from 10 mol% to 16 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide, alkali metal oxides including Li2O, Na2O, and K2O; from 3 mol% to 5 mol% CaO; from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZrCh; and from 0 mol% to 0.25 mol% SnCh.
[0035] Aspect 24. The glass article of cany one of aspects 1-23, wherein the glass article comprises a soda lime glass, an alkali aluminosilicate glass, an alkali containing borosilicate glass, or an alkali aluminoborosilicate glass.
[0036] Aspect 25. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-24, wherein the glass article comprises at least one crystalline phase.
[0037] Aspect 26. The glass article of aspect 25, wherein a crystallinity of the glass article is 10 wt% or less.
[0038] Aspect 27. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-26, further comprising a first compressive stress region extending to a first depth of compression from the first compressive stress region.
[0039] Aspect 28. The glass article of aspect 27, wherein a maximum compressive stress of the first compressive stress region is about 400 MegaPascals or more.
[0040] Aspect 29. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-28, wherein the glass article comprises a dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GigaHertz to 60 GigaHertz of from about 5.6 to about 6.4.
[0041] Aspect 30. The glass article of any one of aspects 1-29, wherein the glass article exhibits a fracture toughness of 0.60 MPam1/2 or more, and a Young’s modulus from about 50 GigaPascals to about 100 GigaPascals.
[0042] Aspect 31. A natively colored glass housing for an electronic device comprising: the glass article of any one of aspects 1-30; circuitry comprising an antenna that transmits signals within a range of 26 GHz to 40 GHz; the glass article at least partially surrounding the circuitry; and a structure formed as an integral portion of the glass article, wherein the structure comprises a perimeter demarcating a second thickness of the structure that differs from the thickness of the glass article by at least 150 pm, wherein the antenna is positioned and oriented such that the signals are transmitted through the structure of the glass sheet of the panel of the housing.
[0043] Aspect 32. A natively colored glass housing for a consumer electronic device, the housing comprising: the glass article of any one of claims 1-30; and a reflector layer disposed on the glass article, the reflector layer is opaque and has a CIE L* value > 70, wherein the thickness of the glass article is from about 30 micrometers to about 5 millimeters, a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm through the first thickness is from 3% to 80%.
[0044] Aspect 33. A consumer electronic product, comprising: a housing comprising a front surface, a back surface, and side surfaces; electrical components at least partially within the housing, the electrical components comprising a controller, a memory, and a display, the display at or adjacent the front surface of the housing; and a cover substrate disposed over the display, wherein at least one of a portion of the housing comprises the glass article of any one of aspects 1-30.
[0045] Throughout the disclosure, the drawings are used to emphasize certain aspects. As such, it should not be assumed that the relative size of different regions, portions, and substrates shown in the drawings are proportional to its actual relative size, unless explicitly indicated otherwise.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0046] The above and other features and advantages of aspects of the present disclosure are better understood when the following detailed description is read with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:
[0047] FIG. 1 is a schematic plan view of an example consumer electronic device according to aspects of the disclosure;
[0048] FIG. 2 is a schematic perspective view of the example consumer electronic device of FIG. 1; [0049] FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram from a back view of a communicating device, more specifically of a cellular phone, according to an aspect of the disclosure;
[0050] FIG. 4 is a simplified conceptual view of the device of FIG. 3 in a slightly exploded cross-section taken along line 4-4 of FIG. 3;
[0051] FIG. 4A shows an enlarged view 4A of FIG. 4;
[0052] FIG. 4B shows an enlarged view 4B of FIG. 4;
[0053] FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of a natively colored glass housing including a glass article in accordance with aspects of the disclosure;
[0054] FIG. 6 shows an enlarged view 6 of FIG. 5;
[0055] FIG. 7 illustrates a flow chart of methods of making glass articles and/or natively colored glass housings in accordance with aspects of the disclosure;
[0056] FIG. 8 illustrates a step in a method of making glass articles and/or natively colored glass housings comprising heating the glass article;
[0057] FIG. 9 illustrates a step in a method of making glass articles and/or natively colored glass housings comprising ion exchange; and
[0058] FIGS. 10-13 schematically represent clusters of particulates observed for example glass articles.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0059] Aspects will now be described more fully hereinafter with reference to the accompanying drawings in which example aspects are shown. Whenever possible, the same reference numerals are used throughout the drawings to refer to the same or like parts.
[0060] FIGS. 3-5 illustrate views of natively colored glass housings 322 or 500 including glass articles 511 that can be incorporated to consumer electronic products (e.g., display devices), for example, those shown in FIGS. 1-4. Unless otherwise noted, a discussion of features of aspects of one foldable apparatus can apply equally to corresponding features of any aspects of the disclosure. For example, identical part numbers throughout the disclosure can indicate that, in some aspects, the identified features are identical to one another and that the discussion of the identified feature of one aspect, unless otherwise noted, can apply equally to the identified feature of any of the other aspects of the disclosure.
[0061] Aspects of the disclosure can comprise a consumer electronic product. The consumer electronic product can comprise a front surface, a back surface, and side surfaces. The consumer electronic product can further comprise electrical components at least partially within the housing. The electrical components can comprise a controller, a memory, and a display. The display can be at or adjacent to the front surface of the housing. The display can comprise liquid crystal display (LCD), an electrophoretic displays (EPD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display, or a plasma display panel (PDP). The consumer electronic product can comprise a cover substrate disposed over the display. In aspects, at least one of a portion of the housing or the cover substrate comprises the foldable apparatus discussed throughout the disclosure. The consumer electronic product can comprise a portable electronic device, for example, a smartphone, a tablet, a wearable device, or a laptop.
[0062] The foldable apparatus disclosed herein may be incorporated into another article, for example, an article with a display (or display articles) (e.g., consumer electronics, including mobile phones, tablets, computers, navigation systems, wearable devices (e.g., watches), and the like), architectural articles, transportation articles (e.g., automotive, trains, aircraft, sea craft, etc.), appliance articles, or any article that may benefit from some transparency, scratch-resistance, abrasion resistance or a combination thereof. An exemplary article incorporating any of the foldable apparatus disclosed herein is shown in FIGS. 1-2. Specifically, FIGS. 1-2 show a consumer electronic device 100 including a housing 102 having front 104, back 106, and side surfaces 108. Although not shown, the consumer electronic device can comprise electrical components that are at least partially inside or entirely within the housing. For example, electrical components include at least a controller, a memory, and a display. As shown in FIGS. 1-2, the display 110 can be at or adjacent to the front surface of the housing 102. The consumer electronic device can comprise a cover substrate 112 at or over the front surface of the housing 102 such that it is over the display 110. In aspects, at least a portion of the housing 102 may include the glass article and/or the natively colored glass housing disclosed herein.
[0063] Referring to FIGS. 3-4, a communicating device 310 (i.e., electronic device with wireless signal communication capability; e.g., broadband communicating device, cellular phone, smartphone, control panel, console, dashboard, tablet, handheld computer, electronic tool) includes circuitry 312 (see FIG. 4). The consumer electronic device 100 shown in FIGS. 1-2 is an example of the communicating device 310. In aspects, the circuitry 312 includes an antenna 314. The circuitry 312 may further include other components, for example a camera 316 (FIG. 3), printed circuit board, processor, memory, display 110 (FIG. 3), battery, connector port, and other componentry.
[0064] In aspects, the antenna 314 can comprise a patterned metal wire or layer, or other such device (e.g., transceiver, receiver, transmitter, antenna array, communication module) configured to transmit and/or receive communication signals at or over a frequency range. A surface area of the antenna is defined as an area within a perimeter 338 surrounding the antenna. In further aspects, the surface area of the antenna can be 25 cm2 or less, 15 cm2 or less, 10 cm2 or less, 100 pm2 or more, 1 mm2 or more, 25 mm2 or more, or 100 mm2 or more. In further aspects, the antenna 314 can be configured for wireless communication (e.g., transmitting, receiving, operating, and/or otherwise communicating) with transmission of signals at a frequency of 100 MHz or more, 1 GHz or more, 10 GHz or more, 24 GHz or more, 24.25 GHz or more, GHz or more, 26 GHz or more, 28 GHz or more, 100 GHz or less, 60 GHz or less, 50 GHz or less, 47 GHz or less, or 40 GHz or less. For example, the antenna may operate in a frequency range from 26 GHz to 40 GHz or from 60 GHz to 80 GHz. Communication at a frequency greater than 26 GHz may be particularly benefited from the present disclosure because such signals may be more inhibited by transmission through solid materials, and may accordingly be improved greatly by use of a housing 102 incorporating the structure 326 described herein. As such, the antenna 314 can be positioned and/or oriented such that signals are transmitted through the structure 326 (e.g., directly facing the structure 326, the structure 326 may overlay at least a portion of the antenna 314). In further aspects, a minimum distance between the antenna 314 to a portion of the glass article defining the structure 326 can be 5 mm or less, 3 mm or less, 2 mm or less, or 0.6 mm or less. Alternatively, the antenna 314 and the portion of the glass article defining the structure 326 may be in direct contact or separated only by a thickness of the coating 328.
[0065] In aspects, as shown in FIGS. 3-4, the communicating device 310 includes a housing 102 enclosing some or all of the circuitry 312. The housing 102 may include a frame 320, for example a metallic (e.g., aluminum, steel) sidewall, a natively colored glass housing 322 (e.g., back), and a display 110 (e.g., see FIGS. 1- 2). The housing 102 may include alternative structures as well, for example a panel integral with frame forming a back with sidewalls within which circuitry 312 and other components may be located, and/or such as having the housing 102 integrated with a keyboard, touch panel, or other features in addition to or instead of the display.
[0066] In aspects, as shown in FIGS. 3-4, the natively colored glass housing 322 may comprise (e.g., include, mostly consist of by weight or volume, be) a glass article 350. The glass article 350 may be flat, may have curved edges, may be bowed, or otherwise. As shown in FIG. 4, The natively colored glass housing 322 may include layer(s) 328, for example a scratch-resistant coating, an anti -reflective, or other coatings on a surface of the glass article 350 (e.g., first major surface 332, second major surface 330 of the glass article 350), and may further include decorative ink and/or other layers on a surface thereof as well. For example, the coating 328 on the second major surface 330 of the glass article can comprise any of the aspects and/or be the same as the reflector 501 discussed below with reference to FIG. 5. Conceivably, although not shown, the natively colored glass housing may simply consist of a sheet of glass, where layers, coatings, etc. are unneeded for the corresponding device.
[0067] In aspects, as shown in FIG. 4, the glass article 350 includes a structure 326. The structure 326 may be an integral portion of the glass article 350 such that glass of the glass article 350 continuously extends throughout the glass article 350, including defining the structure 326. For example, the structure 326 may be a recess, trench, bump, plateau, or other feature formed in or on the glass article 350. The glass article 350 may have more than one such structure 326. Such a structure may be formed in many conceivable ways, for example, by etching away a portion of the glass article 350, milling away a portion of the glass article 350, pressing the glass of the glass article 350 in a mold, welding additional glass onto the glass article 350. As such, glass forming the structure 326 may have the same composition as the glass of the glass article 350 outside of the structure 326. The glass of the structure 326 may also share a common microstructure with the glass of the glass article 350 outside of the structure 326, such as having the same types and distributions of crystals, for example if the glass is a glass-ceramic, and/or the same types and distributions of colorants. In aspects, as shown in FIG. 4, the structure 326 is formed as a recess relative to a major surface (e.g., second major surface 330) of the glass article 350. As used herein, the “major surfaces” of the glass article 350 sheet are sides of the sheet having the most surface area (e.g., front and back sides). A major surface may be surrounded by edges of a sheet that extend between the major surfaces. For a more complex body, major surfaces may be surfaces thereof have areas defined by perimeters of edges, where the major surfaces have surface areas substantially greater than other surfaces of the body (e.g., sidewalls), for example at least 50% greater.
[0068] In aspects, as shown in FIG. 4, the glass article 350 comprises a thickness 337, which is defined as an average distance between the second major surface 330 and the first major surface 332 opposite the first major surface excluding any portion of the glass article 350 including the structure 326 descried above. In further aspects, the thickness 337 can be within one or more of the ranges discussed below for the thickness 517 with reference to FIG. 5. In further aspects, the thickness 337 can be substantially uniform across the second major surface 330 and/or more than 50% of the glass article can comprise a local thickness within 10% of the thickness 337.
[0069] In aspects, as shown in FIGS. 3-4, the structure 326 comprises a perimeter 340 on a major surface (e.g., second major surface 330) of the glass article 350, where the perimeter 340 demarcates a second thickness 327 of the structure 326 that differs from the thickness 337, for example, by 50 pm or more, by 100 pm or more, by 150 pm or more, by 200 pm or more, by 300 pm or more, by 500 pm or more (e.g., located at comer 336 as shown in FIG. 4B). For example, the second thickness 327 of the structure 326 may be 600 pm or less, 500 pm or less, or 400 pm or less, while the thickness 337 of the glass article 350 may be 600 pm or more, 700 pm or more, 800 pm or more (or any of the ranges described herein for the thickness 517). Alternatively, although not shown, the second thickness 327 may be greater than the thickness 337 by 50 pm or more, by 100 pm or more, by 150 pm or more, by 200 pm or more, by 300 pm or more, by 500 pm or more. As shown in FIGS. 3-4, the perimeter 340 forms a closed loop on the major surface (e.g., second major surface 330), where a shape of the perimeter 340 may be rectilinear, curved, or curvilinear and can comprise any shape (e.g., square, blocky, ziggurat-shaped with rectangular rows of diminishing length overlaying one another, triangular, oval, or even more complex geometries). For example, the perimeter 340 of the structure 326 may be shaped as a silhouette of a logo and/or registered trademark or other recognizable design or shape. As used herein, a surface area of the structure is defined as the surface area within the perimeter of the structure projected onto the first major surface of the glass article. In aspects, a surface area of the structure 326 may be 100 cm2 or less, 50 cm2 or less, 25 cm2 or less, 25 pm2 or more, 100 pm2 or more, 1 mm2 or more, 25 mm2 or more, or 4 cm2 or more. In aspects, the glass article can comprise a housing of a communicating device and the glass article may have more than one such structure, as shown in FIG. 3, where the structure 326 overlays the antenna 314 while another structure 342 forms a portion of a camera or sensor encasement (e.g., camera 316). In further aspects, the structure 326 and/or 342 can overlay at least a portion and/or all of the surface area corresponding to the antenna 314 and/or the camera 316
[0070] Forming the structure 326 and/or 342 in a middle or interior portion of the glass article 350, spaced inward from outside edges 344 of the glass article 350 (see, FIG. 3) may help mitigate structural weaknesses or stress concentrations of the glass article 350 that may be associated forming the structure 326 and/or 342. Forming edges or corners 334 and/or 336 (see FIGS. 4A-4B) or the perimeter 340 of the structure 326 with a geometry that reduces concentration of stress at the edges or corners 334 and/or 336 may also help strengthen the glass article 350 when forming the structure 326. Such a geometry may include rounding or dulling vertices or corners 334 and/or 336 of the structure 326, as may be done through etching or localized melting/heating (e.g., with a laser). For example, the glass article 350 may smoothly transition between the thickness 337 and the second thickness 327 at corner 334 and/or 336 over a distance “D” (see FIG. 4A) from about 5 pm to 700 pm, from about 10 pm to about 500 pm, from about 20 pm to about 500 pm, from about 100 pm to about 500 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween, as measured in a direction perpendicular to a direction of the thickness 337.
[0071] Throughout the disclosure, CIE color coordinates are with reference to the CIELAB 1976 color space established by the International Commission on Illumination (CIE). Unless otherwise indicated, CIE color coordinates are measured in transmission through the glass article using an F02 illuminant and an observer angle of 10°. The CIELAB 1976 color space expresses color as three values: L* for the lightness from black (0) to white (100), a* from green (-) to red (+), and b* from blue (-) to yellow (+).
[0072] FIG. 5 illustrates a natively colored glass housings 500 comprising the glass article 511 and the reflector 501. In aspects, the reflector 501 comprises an opaque material. As used herein, opaque means than an average transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm through a 1.0 mm thick piece of a material is 10% or less. The average transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm is calculated by measuring the transmittance of whole number wavelengths from about 400 nm to about 700 nm and averaging the measurements. In aspects, the reflector comprises a CIE L* value of about 70 or more. An exemplary material for the reflector is aluminum. In aspects, as shown in FIG. 5, the glass article 511 can be disposed on and/or contact a surface 503 of the reflector 501 can contact the glass article 511. Providing the reflector can increase a perceived brightness of the glass article.
[0073] Unless otherwise indicated, transmittance data (total transmittance and diffuse transmittance) in the visible spectrum is measured with a Lambda 950 UV/Vis/NIR Spectrophotometer manufactured by PerkinElmer Inc. (Waltham, Massachusetts USA). The Lambda 950 apparatus was fitted with a 150 mm integrating sphere. Data was collected using an open beam baseline and a Spectralon® reference reflectance disk. For total transmittance (Total Tx), the sample is fixed at the integrating sphere entry point. The term “average transmittance,” as used herein with respect to the visible spectrum, refers to the average of transmittance measurements made within a given wavelength range with each whole numbered wavelength weighted equally. Unless otherwise indicated, as described herein, the “average transmittance” with respect to the visible spectrum is reported over the wavelength range from 380 nm to 750 nm (inclusive of endpoints). Unless otherwise specified, the average transmittance is indicated for article thicknesses from 0.4 mm to 5 mm, inclusive of endpoints. Unless otherwise specified, when average transmittance is indicated, this means that each thickness within the range of thicknesses from 0.4 mm to 5 mm has an average transmittance as specified. For example, colored glass articles having average transmittances of 10% to 92% over the wavelength range from 380 nm to 750 nm means that each thickness within the range of 0.4 mm to 5 mm (e.g., 0.6 mm, 0.9 mm, 2 mm, etc.) has an average transmittance in the range of 10% to 92% for the wavelength range from 380 nm to 750 nm.
[0074] As used herein, if a first layer and/or component is described as “disposed over” a second layer and/or component, other layers may or may not be present between the first layer and/or component and the second layer and/or component. Furthermore, as used herein, “disposed over” does not refer to a relative position with reference to gravity. For example, a first layer and/or component can be considered “disposed over” a second layer and/or component, for example, when the first layer and/or component is positioned underneath, above, or to one side of a second layer and/or component. As used herein, a first layer and/or component described as “bonded to” a second layer and/or component means that the layers and/or components are bonded to each other, either by direct contact and/or bonding between the two layers and/or components or via an adhesive layer. As used herein, a first layer and/or component described as “contacting” or “in contact with” a second layer and/or components refers to direct contact and includes the situations where the layers and/or components are bonded to each other.
[0075] As shown in FIG. 5, the glass article 511 comprises a first major surface 513 and a second major surface 515 opposite the first major surface 513. In aspects, as shown, the first major surface 513 and/or the second major surface 515 can comprise planar surfaces, although other shapes and designs are possible in other aspects. A thickness 517 of the glass article 511 is defined as an average distance between the first major surface 513 and the second major surface 515. In aspects, the thickness 517 can be about 30 micrometers (pm) or more, about 50 pm or more, about 80 pm or more, about 90 pm or more, about 100 pm or more, about 150 pm or more, about 200 pm or more, about 400 pm or more, about 500 pm or more, about 600 pm or more, about 5 millimeters (mm) or less, about 3 mm or less, about 2 mm or less, about 1 mm or less, about 800 pm or less, about 700 pm or less, about 600 pm or less, about 550 pm or less, about 500 pm or less, or about 300 pm or less. In aspects, the thickness 517 can be in a range from about 30 pm to about 5 mm, from about 50 pm to about 3 mm, from about 80 pm to about 2 mm, from about 90 pm to about 1 mm, from about 100 pm to about 800 pm, from about 150 pm to about 700 pm, from about 200 pm to about 600 pm, from about 300 pm to about 550 pm, from about 400 pm to about 500 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0076] The glass article 511 and/or 350 comprises a glass-based material. In aspects, the glass-based material can comprise a pencil hardness of 8H or more, for example, 9H or more. As used herein, pencil hardness is measured using ASTM D 3363-20 with standard lead graded pencils. Throughout the disclosure, an elastic modulus (e.g., Young’s modulus) and/or a Poisson’s ratio is measured using ISO 527- 1 :2019. In aspects, the glass article 511 and/or 350 can comprise an elastic modulus in a range from about 40 GPa to about 140 GPa, from about 50 GPa to about 100 GPa, from about 60 GPa to about 80 GPa, or any range or subrange therebetween. [0077] As used herein, “glass-based” includes both glasses and glassceramics, wherein glass-ceramics have one or more crystalline phases and an amorphous, residual glass phase. A glass-based material may comprise an amorphous material (e.g., glass) and optionally one or more crystalline materials (e.g., ceramic). Amorphous materials and glass-based materials may be strengthened. As used herein, the term “strengthened” may refer to a material that has been chemically strengthened, for example, through ion exchange of larger ions for smaller ions in the surface of the glass article, as discussed below. However, other strengthening methods, for example, thermal tempering, or utilizing a mismatch of the coefficient of thermal expansion between portions of the glass article to create compressive stress and central tension regions, may be utilized to form strengthened glass articles. Exemplary glass-based materials, which may be free of lithia or not, comprise soda lime glass, alkali aluminosilicate glass, alkali-containing borosilicate glass, alkali- containing aluminoborosilicate glass, alkali-containing phosphosilicate glass, and alkali-containing aluminophosphosilicate glass. In aspects, glass-based material can comprise an alkali-containing glass or an alkali-free glass, either of which may be free of lithia or not. In aspects, the glass material can be alkali-free and/or comprise a low content of alkali metals (e.g., R2O of about 10 mol% or less, wherein R2O comprises Li2O Na2O, K2O, or the more expansive list provided below). In one or more aspects, a glass-based material may comprise, in mole percent (mol%): SiCh in a range from about 40 mol% to about 80 mol%, AI2O3 in a range from about 5 mol% to about 30 mol%, B2O3 in a range from 0 mol% to about 10 mol%, ZrCh in a range from 0 mol% to about 5 mol%, P2O5 in a range from 0 mol% to about 15 mol%, TiCh in a range from 0 mol% to about 2 mol%, R2O in a range from 0 mol% to about 20 mol%, and RO in a range from 0 mol% to about 15 mol%. As used herein, R2O can refer to an alkali-metal oxide, including Li2O, Na2O, and K2O. As used herein, RO can refer to MgO, CaO, SrO, BaO, and ZnO. In further aspects, the glass-based material may comprise (in mol%) from about 50 mol% to about 75 mol% SiO2, from about 5 mol% to about 20 mol% AI2O3, from about 15 mol% to about 20 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide (R2O), and at least one of B2O3 or P2O5. In further aspects, the glassbased material may comprise (in mol%) from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCh, from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3, from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3, from 13 mol% to 20 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide (R2O), from 0.5 mol% to 4 mol% CaO, from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZnO, from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZrO2, and from 0.01 mol% to 0.25 mol% SnCh. In further aspects, the glass-based material may comprise (in mol%) from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCh, from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3, from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3, from 10 mol% to 16 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide (R2O), from 3 mol% to 5 mol% CaO, from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZrCh, and from 0 mol% to 0.25 mol% SnCh. In any of the aspects, the glass-based material can comprise from 0.2 mol% to 0.5 mol% ZrCh. In aspects, a glass-based material may optionally further comprise in a range from 0 mol% to about 2 mol% of each of ISfeSCU, NaCl, NaF, NaBr, K2SO4, KC1, KF, KBr, As2O3, Sb2O3, SnO2, Fe2O3, MnO, MnO2, MnO3, Mn2C>3, MmCU, Mn20?. In aspects, the glass-based material can comprise a colorant selected from a group consisting of silver, gold, chromium, cobalt, nickel, cerium, copper, and combinations thereof. For example, the glass-based material can comprise titanium oxide, zirconia, iron oxide, cerium oxide, or combinations thereof. In further aspects, the glass-based material can comprise from 5 parts-per-million (ppm) to 15 ppm gold. In further aspects, a concentration of the colorant can be about 50 ppm or more, about 100 ppm or more, about 300 ppm or more, about 500 ppm or more, about 1,000 ppm or more, about 2,000 ppm or more, about 5,000 ppm or more, about 10,000 ppm or more, about 50,000 ppm or less, about 30,000 ppm or less, about 20,000 ppm or less, about 10,000 ppm or less, about 6,000 ppm or less, about 4,000 ppm or less, or about 2,000 ppm or less. In further aspects, a concentration of the colorant can range from about 50 ppm to about 50,000 ppm, from about 100 ppm to about 30,000 ppm, from about 300 ppm to about 20,000 ppm, from about 500 ppm to about 10,000 ppm, from about 1,000 ppm to about 6,000 ppm, from about 2,000 ppm to about 4,000 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0078] Unless otherwise indicated, compositions are specified in mole percent (mol%). The terms “0 mol%” and “free,” when used to describe the concentration and/or absence of a particular constituent component in a glass composition, means that the constituent component is not present in the glass composition. The term “substantially free,” when used to describe the concentration and/or absence of a particular constituent component in a glass composition and the resultant colored glass article, means that the constituent component is not intentionally added to the glass composition and the resultant colored glass article. However, the glass composition and the resultant colored glass article may contain traces of the constituent component as a contaminant or tramp in amounts of less than 200 ppm unless specified otherwise herein. It is noted that the definition of “substantially free” is exclusive of gold (Au) which may be intentionally added to the glass composition in relatively small amounts, for example and without limitation, amounts less than 200 ppm (or the equivalent in mol%) to achieve a desired color in the resultant colored glass article.
[0079] “ Glass-ceramics” include materials produced through controlled crystallization of glass. In aspects, glass-ceramics have about 1% to about 99% crystallinity. Examples of suitable glass-ceramics may include Li2O-A12O3-SiO2 system (i.e., LAS-System) glass-ceramics, MgO-AhCh-SiCh system (i.e., MAS- System) glass-ceramics, ZnO x AI2O3 x nSiCh (i.e., ZAS system), and/or glassceramics that include a predominant crystal phase including P-quartz solid solution, P- spodumene, cordierite, petalite, and/or lithium disilicate. The glass-ceramic materials may be strengthened using the chemical strengthening processes. In one or more aspects, MAS-System glass-ceramic materials may be strengthened in Li2SO4 molten salt, whereby an exchange of 2Li+ for Mg2+ can occur. In aspects, the glass article 511 and/or 350 can be a glass-ceramic comprising one or more crystalline phases. In further aspects, a total amount of the one or more crystalline phases, as a weight% (wt%) of the glass article 511 and/or 350, can be about 10 wt% or less, about 8 wt% or less, about 6 wt% or less, about 4 wt% or less, about 4 wt% or less, about 2 wt% or less, about 1 wt% or less, about 0.1 wt% or more, about 0.5 wt% or more, or about 1 wt% or more.
[0080] The glass articles described herein may be described as aluminoborosilicate glass compositions and colored glass articles and comprise SiCh, AI2O3, and B2O3. Additionally, the glass articles described herein include one or more colorants in a colorant package to impart a desired color to the resultant colored glass article. The glass articles described herein also include alkali oxides (e.g., Li2O and Na2O) to enable the ion-exchangeability of the colored glass articles. In aspects, the glass articles described herein may further include other components to improve colorant retention and produce colored glass articles having the desired color. In aspects, the difference between R2O and AI2O3 (i.e. R2O (mol%) - AI2O3 (mol%)) in the glass articles described herein may be adjusted to produce a desired observable color (e.g., pink, purple, red, orange, or blue). In aspects, the viscosity of the glass composition may be adjusted to prevent devitrification of the glass composition.
[0081] SiC>2 is the primary glass former in the glass articles described herein and may function to stabilize the network structure of the colored glass articles. The concentration of SiCh in the glass articles should be sufficiently high (e.g., 40 mol% or more) to enhance the chemical durability of the glass composition and, in particular, the resistance of the glass composition to degradation upon exposure to acidic solutions, basic solutions, and in water. The amount of SiCh may be limited (e.g., 80 mol% or less) to control the melting point of the glass composition, as the melting point of pure SiCh or high SiCh glasses is undesirably high. Thus, limiting the concentration of SiCh may aid in improving the meltability and the formability of the resultant colored glass article. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 40 mol% to 80 mol% SiCh or from 50 mol% to 80 mol% SiCh. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from about 45 mol% to about 67 mol% SiCh or from 53 mol% to 67 mol% SiCh. In aspects, the concentration of SiCh in the glass article may be 40 mol% or more, 45 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 52 mol% or more, 53 mol% or more, 54 mol% or more, 55 mol% or more, 56 mol% or more, 57 mol% or more, 58 mol% or more, 60 mol% or more, 80 mol% or less, 75 mol% or less, 73 mol% or less, 71 mol% or less 70 mol% or less, 68 mol% or less, 67 mol% or less, 66 mol% or less, 65 mol% or less 64 mol% or less, 63 mol% or less, 62 mol% or less, 61 mol% or less, 60 mol% or less, or 59 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of SiCh in the glass article may be from 40 mol% to 70 mol%, 45 mol% to 70 mol%, from 50 mol% to about 68 mol%, from about 52 mol% to about 68 mol%, from about 53 mol% to about 67 mol%, from about 54 mol% to about 67 mol%, from about 55 mol% to about 66 mol%, from about 56 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 57 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 58 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 65 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 64 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 63 mol%, from about 60 mol% to about 62 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0082] Like SiCh, AI2O3 may also stabilize the glass network and additionally provides improved mechanical properties and chemical durability to the glass article. The amount of AI2O3 may also be tailored to control the viscosity of the glass composition. AI2O3 may be included such that the resultant glass article has the desired fracture toughness (e.g., 0.7 MPa m1/2 or more). However, if the amount of AI2O3 is too high (e.g., 25 mol% or more), the viscosity of the glass melt may increase, thereby diminishing the formability of the glass article. In aspects, if the amount of AI2O3 is too high, the solubility of one or more colorants of the colorant package in the glass melt may decrease, resulting in the formation of undesirable crystal phases in the glass. For example and without limitation, when the colorant package includes Cr20s, the solubility of C^Ch in the glass melt may decrease with increasing AI2O3 concentrations (e.g., concentrations of 17.5 mol% or more), leading to the precipitation of undesirable crystal phases. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is hypothesized that similar behavior may occur with colorants other than Cr2C>3. Accordingly, in aspects, the glass com article may comprise from 7 mol% to 25 mol% AI2O3, from 7 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3, or from 8 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 10 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3, from 10 mol% to about 17.5 mol% AI2O3, or from 12 mol% to about 17.25 mol% AI2O3. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 11 mol% to 19 mol% AI2O3 or from 14 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3. In aspects, the concentration of AI2O3 in the glass article may be 7 mol% or more, 8 mol% or more, 9 mol% or more, 10 mol% or more, 11 mol% or more 12 mol% or more, 12.5 mol% or more, 13 mol% or more, 13.5 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 14.5 mol% or more, 15 mol% or more, 15.5 mol% or more, 16 mol% or more, 25 mol% or less, 23 mol% or less, 20 mol% or less, 19 mol% or less, 18 mol% or less, 17.5 mol% or less, 17.25 mol% or less, 17 mol% or less, 16.75 mol% or less, or 16 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 7 mol% to 25 mol%, from 7 mol% to 23 mol%, from 8 mol% to 20 mol%, from 9 mol% to 19 mol%, from 10 mol% to 18 mol%, from 11 mol% to 17.5 mol%, from 12 mol% to 17.25 mol%, from 13 mol% to 17 mol%, from 14 mol% to 16.75 mol%, from 14.5 mol% to 16 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0083] B2O3 decreases the melting point of the glass composition, which may improve retention of certain colorants in the glass, for example and without limitation, Au. B2O3 may also improve the damage resistance of the resultant colored glass article. In addition, B2O3 may be added to reduce the formation of non-bridging oxygen, the presence of which may reduce fracture toughness. The concentration of B2O3 should be sufficiently high (e.g., 1 mol% or more) to reduce the melting point of the glass composition, improve the formability, and increase the fracture toughness of the colored glass article. However, if B2O3 is too high (e.g., 15 mol% or more), the annealing point and strain point may decrease, which increases stress relaxation and reduces the overall strength of the colored glass article. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 1 mol% to 15 mol% B2O3, from 1 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3, from 3 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3, or from 3.5 mol% to 9 mol% B2O3. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 2 mol% to 12 mol% B2O3 or from 2 mol% to 8 mol% B2O3. In aspects, the concentration of B2O3 in the glass article may be 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 3.5 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more, 4.5 mol% or more, 5 mol% or more, 5.5 mol% or more, 15 mol% or less, 12 mol% or less, 10 mol% or less, 9 mol% or less, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, or 6 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of B2O3 in the glass article may be from 1 mol% to 15 mol%, from 2 mol% to 12 mol%, from 3 mol% to 10 mol%, from 3.5 mol% to 9 mol%, from 4 mol% to 8 mol%, from 4.5 mol% to 7.5 mol%, from 5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 5.5 mol% to 6.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0084] As described hereinabove, the glass articles may contain alkali oxides (e.g., Li2O, Na2O, and K2O) to enable the ion-exchangeability of the glass articles.
[0085] Li2O aids in the ion-exchangeability of the glass article and also reduces the softening point of the glass composition, thereby increasing the formability of the glass articles. The addition of Li2O facilitates the exchange of both Na+ and K+ cations into the glass for strengthening the glass and also facilitates producing a relatively high surface compressive stress and relatively deep depth of compression, improving the mechanical characteristics of the resultant colored glass article. In addition, Li2O decreases the melting point of the glass composition, which may improve retention of colorants in the glass, for example and without limitation, Au. The concentration of Li2O in the glass articles should be sufficiently high (e.g., 1 mol% or more) to reduce the melting point of the glass composition and achieve the desired maximum central tension (e.g., 40 MPa or more) following ion exchange. However, if the amount of Li2O is too high (e.g., greater than 20 mol%), the liquidus temperature may increase, thereby diminishing the manufacturability of the colored glass article. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 1 mol% to 20 mol% Li2O or from 1 mol% to 20 mol% Li2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 3 mol% to 18 mol% Li2O, from 7 mol% to 18 mol% Li2O, from 8.8 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O, or from 9 mol% to 13.5 mol% Li2O. In aspects, the concentration of Li2O in the glass article may be 1 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 5 mol% or more, 7 mol% or more, 7.5 mol% or more, 8 mol% or more, 8.5 mol% or more, 8.8 mol% or more, 9 mol% or more, 9.2 mol% or more, 9.4 mol% or more, 9.6 mol% or more, 9.8 mol% or more, 10 mol% or more, 11 mol% or more, 11.5 mol% or more, 12 mol% or more, 20 mol% or less, 18 mol% or less, 17 mol% or less, 16 mol% or less, 15 mol% or less, 14 mol% or less, 13.5 mol% or less, 13 mol% or less, 12.5 mol% or less, 12 mol% or less, 11.5 mol% or less, or 11 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of Li2O in the glass article may be from 1 mol% to 20 mol%, from 3 mol% to 18 mol%, from 5 mol% to 17 mol%, from 7 mol% to 16 mol%, from 7.5 mol% to 15 mol%, from 8 mol% to 14 mol%, from 8.5 mol% to 13.5 mol%, from 8.8 mol% to 13 mol%, from 9 mol% to 12.5 mol%, from 9.2 mol% to 12.5 mol%, from 9.4 mol% to 12 mol%, from 9.6 mol% to 12 mol%, from 9.8 mol% to 11.5 mol%, from 10 mol% to 11 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0086] Na?O improves diffusivity of alkali ions in the glass and thereby reduces ion-exchange time and helps achieve the desired surface compressive stress (e.g., 300 MPa or more). The addition of Na?O also facilitates the exchange of K+ cations into the glass for strengthening and improving the mechanical characteristics of the resultant colored glass article. Na?O also improves the formability of the colored glass article. In addition, Na?O decreases the melting point of the glass composition, which may improve retention of certain colorants in the glass, for example, Au. However, if too much Na?O is added to the glass composition, the melting point may be too low. In aspects, the concentration of Li2O present in the glass article may be greater than the concentration of Na2O present in the glass article. In aspects, the glass article may comprise greater than 0 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O, from 0.5 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O, or from 1 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 1 mol% to 12 mol% Na2O or from 2 mol% to 10 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 0.01 mol% to 4 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 1.5 mol% to 8 mol% Na2O or from 2 mol% to 7.5 mol% Na2O. In aspects, the concentration of Na2O in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 3.5 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more, 4.5 mol% or more, 15 mol% or less, 12 mol% or less, 10 mol% or less, 9 mol% or less, 8.5 mol% or less, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, or 4 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of Na2O in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 15 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 12 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 12 mol%, from 1 mol% to 10 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 9 mol%, from 2 mol% to 8.5 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 8 mol%, from 3 mol% to 7.5 mol%, from 3.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 4 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from 4.5 mol% to 6 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween In aspects, the concentration of Na2O in the glass article may be from 0.5 mol% to 10 mol%, from 1 mol% to 9 mol%, from 1 mol% to 8 mol%, from 1 mol% to 7 mol%, from 1 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0087] K2O, when included, promotes ion-exchange and may increase the depth of compression and decrease the melting point to improve the formability of the colored glass article. However, adding too much K2O may cause the surface compressive stress and melting point to be too low. Accordingly, in aspects, the amount of K2O added to the glass composition may be limited. In aspects, the glass article may optionally comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol% K2O, from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol% K2O, from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol% K2O, or from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol% K2O. In aspects, the glass article may optionally comprise from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol% K2O. In aspects, the concentration of K2O in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or more, 0.4 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of K2O in the glass article may be from greater 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.4 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0088] R2O, as used herein, is the sum (in mol%) of Li2O, Na2O, and K2O present in the glass article (i.e., R2O = Li2O (mol%) + Na2O (mol%) + K2O (mol%). Like B2O3, the alkali oxides aid in decreasing the softening point and molding temperature of the glass composition, thereby offsetting the increase in the softening point and molding temperature of the glass composition due to higher amounts of SiCh in the glass composition, for example. The softening point and molding temperature may be further reduced by including combinations of alkali oxides (e.g., two or more alkali oxides) in the glass composition, a phenomenon referred to as the “mixed alkali effect.” However, it has been found that if the amount of alkali oxide is too high, the average coefficient of thermal expansion of the glass composition increases to greater than 100 x 10'7/°C, which may be undesirable. In aspects, the concentration of R2O in the glass article can be from 1 mol% to 35 mol%, from 6 mol% to 25 mol%, or from 8 mol% to 23 mol%. In aspects, the concentration of R2O in the glass article can be 2 mol% or more, 4 mol% or more, 6 mol% or more, 8 mol% or more, 10 mol% or more, 10.3 mol% or more, 11 mol% or more, 12 mol% or more 13 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 35 mol% or less, 30 mol% or less, 25 mol% or less, 23 mol% or less, 22 mol% or less, 21 mol% or less, 20 mol% or less, 19 mol% or less, 18 mol% or less, 17 mol% or less, 16 mol% or less, or 15 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of R2O in the glass article can range from 2 mol% to 35 mol%, from 4 mol% to 30 mol%, from 6 mol% to 25 mol%, from 8 mol% to 23 mol%, from 8 mol% to 22 mol%, from 10 mol% to 21 mol%, from 10.3 mol% to 20 mol%, from 11 mol% to 19 mol%, from 12 mol% to 18 mol%, from 13 mol% to 17 mol%, from 14 mol% to 16 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0089] In aspects, a difference between R2O and AI2O3 (i.e. R2O (mol%) - AI2O3 (mol%)) in the glass article may be adjusted to produce a desired observable color (e.g., pink, purple, red, orange, or blue). The analyzed R2O - AI2O3 of the glass article, along with the added colorant package, may correlate with the observable color of the colored glass article after an optional heat treatment, as discussed herein. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -5 mol% to 7 mol% or from - 3 mol% to 2 mol%. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -3 mol% to 6 mol% or from -1 mol% to 5 mol%. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -5 mol% to 1.5 mol% or from -3 mol% to 1.5 mol%. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 1.5 mol% to 7 mol% or from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be -5 mol% or more, -4 mol% or more, -3 mol% or more, -2.5 mol% or more, -2 mol% or more, -1.5 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from -5 mol% to 7 mol%, from -4 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from -3 mol% to 6 mol%, from -2.5 mol% to 5.5 mol% from -2 mol% to 5 mol%, from -1.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 3 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 2.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. [0090] In aspects, the glass articles described herein further include MgO and/or ZnO to improve retention of colorants in the glass, such as Au or the like, for example, by lowering the melting point of the glass composition. Decreasing the melting point of the glass composition may help improve colorant retention because the glass compositions may be melted at relatively lower temperatures and the evaporation of colorants from the glass, such as gold, may be reduced. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is also believed that partially replacing Li2O and/or Na?O with MgO and/or ZnO may also help improve retention of the colorants. Specifically, IJ2O and/or Na2O is included in the batch glass composition as lithium carbonate and sodium carbonate, respectively. Upon melting the glass composition, carbonate gas is released from the glass composition. Colorants such as Au escape from the glass composition within the carbonate gas. Therefore, the improved colorant retention may be due to the reduced amount of carbonate. Further, it is believed that MgO and/or ZnO may improve the solubility of some colorants in the glass (e.g., Cr20s), thereby avoiding the formation of undesirable crystal phases (e.g., Cr-spinel crystals) and expanding the color gamut that may be achieved by the resultant colored glass articles. As used herein, “color gamut” refers to the pallet of colors that may be achieved by the colored glass articles within the CIELAB color space. For example, in aspects where the colorant includes Cr20s, the sum of MgO and ZnO present in the glass article (i.e., MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%)) may be from greater than 0 mol% to 6 mol% or 4.5 mol% or less. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is hypothesized that similar behavior may occur with colorants other than Au and Cr20s. In aspects, the sum (in mol%) of MgO and ZnO present in the glass article (i.e., MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%)) may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 3 mol% or more, 3.5 mol% or more, 7 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4.25 mol% or less, or 4 mol% or less. In aspects, the sum of MgO and ZnO in the glass may be from greater than 0 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 7 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 4.25 mol%, from 3 mol% to 4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0091] In addition to improving colorant retention, MgO lowers the viscosity of the glass compositions, which enhances the formability, the strain point, and the Young’s modulus, and may improve ion-exchangeability. However, when too much MgO is added to the glass composition, the diffusivity of sodium and potassium ions in the glass composition decreases which, in turn, adversely impacts the ion-exchange performance (i.e., the ability to ion-exchange) of the resultant colored glass article. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 8 mol% MgO or from 0 mol% to 4.5 mol% MgO. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol% MgO. In aspects, the concentration of MgO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 8 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of MgO in the glass article may be from greater than or equal to 0 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4 mol%, from 2 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 3 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of MgO.
[0092] In addition to improving colorant retention, ZnO lowers the viscosity of the glass compositions, which enhances the formability, the strain point, and the Young’s modulus, and may improve ion-exchangeability. However, when too much ZnO is added to the glass composition, the diffusivity of sodium and potassium ions in the glass composition decreases which, in turn, adversely impacts the ion-exchange performance (i.e., the ability to ion-exchange) of the resultant colored glass article. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol% ZnO, from greater than 0 mol% to 4.5 mol% ZnO, from 0.1 mol% to 4 mol% ZnO, from 0.25 mol% to 1.25 mol%, or from 0.5 mol% to 1 mol%. In aspects, the concentration of ZnO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.7 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of ZnO in the glass composition may be from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 3 mol%, from 1 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of ZnO.
[0093] Like ZnO and the alkaline earth oxide MgO, other alkaline earth oxides, for example CaO, SrO and BaO, decrease the melting point of the glass composition. Accordingly, CaO, SrO, and/or BaO may be included in the glass articles to lower the melting point of the glass composition, which may help improve colorant retention.
[0094] In aspects, the glass articles described herein may further comprise CaO. CaO lowers the viscosity of a glass composition, which enhances the formability, the strain point and the Young’s modulus, and may improve the ionexchangeability. However, when too much CaO is added to the glass composition, the diffusivity of sodium and potassium ions in the glass composition decreases which, in turn, adversely impacts the ion-exchange performance (i.e., the ability to ionexchange) of the resultant glass. In aspects, the concentration of CaO in the glass article may be 0 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of CaO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 7 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 6.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 2 mol%, from 1 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 1 mol% to 1.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0095] In aspects, the concentration of SrO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of SrO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1.25 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of SrO. [0096] In aspects, the concentration of BaO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.25 mol% or less, or 1 mol% or less, aspects, the concentration of BaO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1.25 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of BaO.
[0097] R'O, as used herein, is the sum (in mol%) of MgO, ZnO, CaO, BaO, and SrO (i.e. R'O = MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%) + CaO (mol%) + BaO (mol%) + SrO (mol%)). In aspects, the concentration of R'O in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 2.5 mol% or more, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, or 3.5 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of R'O in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 7.5 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 1 mol% to 6.5 mol% from 1 mol% to 6 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 4 mol%, from 2.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0098] In aspects, a sum of R2O, CaO, MgO, and ZnO (R2O (mol%) + CaO (mol%) + MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%) may be 35 mol% or less, for example, from 1 mol% to 30 mol%, from 2 mol% to 30 mol%, from 3 mol% to 25 mol%, from 4 mol% to 25 mol%, from 5 mol% to 20 mol%, 6 mol% to 20 mol%, from 7 mol% to 15 mol%, from 8 mol% to 10 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[0099] In aspects, a sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO present in the glass article (i.e., AI2O3 (mol%) + MgO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%)) may be from 12 mol% to 22 mol%. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that combinations of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO within this range may aid in avoiding the formation of undesired crystal phases in the resultant colored glass articles. For example and without limitation, when the colorant package in the glass article includes Cr20s, combinations of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO within this range may avoid the formation of Cr-spinel crystals by increasing the solubility of the Cr20s colorant and thereby expanding the color gamut that may be achieved in the resultant colored glass articles. In aspects, a sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 13 mol% to 21.5 mol%. In aspects, the sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO in the glass article may be 12 mol% or more, 13 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 15 mol% or more, 16 mol% or more, 22 mol% or less, 21.5 mol% or less, 21 mol% or less, 20.5 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less. In aspects, the sum of AI2O3, MgO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 22 mol%, from 13 mol% to 21.5 mol%, from 14 mol% to 21 mol%, from 15 mol% to 20.5 mol%, from 16 mol% to 20 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00100] In aspects, a sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO present in the glass article (i.e., AI2O3 (mol%) + MgO (mol%) + CaO (mol%) + ZnO (mol%)) may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that combinations of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO within this range may aid in avoiding the formation of undesired crystal phases in the glass article. In addition, a relatively high concentration of high field strength modifiers, for example Mg, Ca, and Zn cations, may also improve the mechanical properties, for example fracture toughness, elastic modulus, and drop test performance, of the resultant colored glass article. In aspects, a sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%. In aspects, the sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO in the glass article may be 12 mol% or more, 13 mol% or more, 14 mol% or more, 15 mol% or more, 16 mol% or more, 24 mol% or less, 23 mol% or less, 22 mol% or less, 21.5 mol% or less, 21 mol% or less, 20.5 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less, aspects, the sum of AI2O3, MgO, CaO, and ZnO in the glass article may be from 12 mol% to 24 mol%, from 13 mol% to 23 mol%, from 13 mol% to 22 mol%, from 14 mol% to 21.5 mol%, from 14 mol% to 21 mol%, from 15 mol% to 20.5 mol%, from 16 mol% to 20 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00101] In aspects, the glass article may optionally include Cl, which may enable growth of particular crystal phases containing colorant. For example, when the colorant package included in the glass comprises Au, the inclusion of Cl may enable the growth of certain Au crystals. In aspects, the concentration of Cl in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of Cl in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of Cl. In aspects where the colorant package comprises Ag, the glass article can include less than 100 ppm of halides, including Cl. [00102] In aspects, the glass articles described herein may further comprise ZrCh. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that ZrCh may act as a multivalent species that serves as redox couples to supply oxygen to certain colorants, for example Au, during relatively low-temperature heat treatment, which helps improve retention of the colorant. ZrCh may also act as an additional colorant, producing colored glass articles that may be, for example, red in color. In aspects, the glass article may comprise ZrCh in an amount of 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more 0.25 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.75 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.75 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise ZrCh in an amount from 0.01 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1.75 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 1.25 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.75 mol% to 1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00103] In aspects, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles described herein may further comprise Fe2O3, which may help improve colorant retention. Fe2O3 is a multivalent species that serves as redox couples to supply oxygen to certain colorants, for example Au, during relatively low-temperature heat treatment, which helps improve retention of the colorant. Fe2O3 may also act as a colorant, producing colored glass articles that may, for example, be pink or red in color. In aspects, the glass article may comprise Fe2O3 in an amount of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise Fe2O3 in an amount from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may comprise Fe2O3 in an amount of 200 parts-per-million (ppm) or more, 250 ppm or more, 300 ppm or more, 350 ppm or more, 400 ppm or less, 1,000 ppm or less, 600 ppm or less, 550 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, or 450 ppm or less. In aspects, the glass article can comprise Fe2O3 in an amount from about 200 ppm to about 1,000 ppm, from about 300 ppm to about 600 ppm, from about 350 ppm to about 550 ppm, from about 400 ppm to about 500 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of Fe2O3. [00104] In aspects, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles described herein may further comprise SnCh, Sb20s, and/or Bi2Os. Like MgO and ZnO, SnCh, Sb20s, and
Figure imgf000033_0001
may help lower the melting point of the glass composition. Accordingly, SnCh, Sb20s, and/or E^Ch may be included in the glass articles to lower the melting point and improve colorant retention. In aspects in which the colorant package includes Ag, SnCh also aids in the reduction of Ag in the glass leading to the formation of silver particles in the glass. Without wishing to be bound by theory, in aspects where the colorant package includes Au, it is believed that additions of SnCh may also aid in the reduction of Au in the glass, leading to the formation of gold particles. In aspects that include SnCh and/or Sb20s, the SnCh and/or Sb20s may also function as a fining agent.
[00105] In aspects, the glass article may comprise SnCh in an amount of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise SnCh in an amount from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of SnCh.
[00106] In aspects, the concentration of Sb20s in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less, aspects, the concentration of Sb20s in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of Sb20s. In aspects, the glass article can comprise Sb20s in an amount from 0.01 wt% to about 0.5 wt%, from 0.02 wt% to about 0.4 wt%, from 0.05 wt% to about 0.3 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to about 0.2 wt%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00107] In aspects, the concentration of E^Ch in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of E^Ch in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of E^Ch.
[00108] In aspects, the concentration of SO3 in the glass article may be 0.1 mol% or less, 0.01 mol% or less, or 0.001 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of SO3.
[00109] In aspects, the glass articles described herein may further comprise a reduced concentration or be substantially free or free of P2O5. In aspects where P2O5 is included, the P2O5 may enhance the ion exchange characteristics of the resultant colored glass article. However, an increased concentration (i.e., greater than 1 mol%) of P2O5 may reduce the retention of one or more colorants in the colorant package. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that P2O5 may be more volatile than other glass network formers, for example SiCh, which may contribute to reduced retention of colorants in the colorant package. In aspects, the concentration of P2O5 in the glass article may comprise be greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.25 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of P2O5 in the glass article may comprise be from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.25 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of P2O5.
[00110] In aspects, the glass articles can comprise at least one colorant in a colorant package that functions to impart a desired color to the glass article. In aspects, the colorant package may comprise at least one of Au, Ag, Cr2O3, transition metal oxides (e.g., CuO, NiO, CO3O4, TiCh, C^Ch), rare earth metal oxides (e.g., CeCh), and/or combinations thereof. In aspects, the glass articles may be from IxlO'6 mol% to 10 mol% of colorant (i.e., the sum of all colorants in the colorant package). In aspects, the concentration of the colorant package in the glass article may be 1 x 10'6 mol% or more, 0.0005 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 10 mol% or less, 9.5 mol% or less, 9 mol% or less, 8.5 mol% or less, 8 mol% or less, 7.5 mol% or less, 7 mol% or less, 6.5 mol% or less, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less 1.5 mol% or less 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of the colorant package in the glass article may be from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 10 mol%, from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 9 mol%, from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 8 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 7 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to about 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the concentration of the colorant package in the glass article may be from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to about 0.5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00111] In aspects, the colorant package in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may include colorants that comprise or consist of transition metal oxides, rare earth oxides, or combinations thereof, to achieve a desired color. In aspects, transition metal oxides and/or rare earth oxides may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants. In aspects, colorants based on transition metal oxides and/or rare earth oxides may include NiO, CO3O4, Cr20s, CuO, CeCh, TiCh and/or combinations thereof. In aspects, colorants based on transition metal oxides and/or rare earth oxides may further include oxides of V, Mn, Fe, Cu, Zr, Nb, Mo, Tc, Ru, Rh, Pd, Cd, Hf, Ta, W, Re, Os, Ir, Pt, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, and Er.
[00112] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr2O3 + CuO + CeO2 + TiO2 of greater than 0 mol%, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 0.7 mol% or more, 0.9 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.3 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.25 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + CT2O3 + CuO + CeO2 + TiO2 can range from grater that 0 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.7 mol% to 1.2 mol%, from 0.9 mol% to 1.3 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass composition and resultant glass article may comprise 0 mol% of one or more of NiO, CO3O4, Cr20s, CuO, CeO2, and/or TiO2.
[00113] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr2O3 + CuO from 0.001 mol to 3 mol%. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + CT2O3 + CuO of greater than 0 mol%, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol%, 0.5 mol%, 0.8 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 3 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1.3 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.4 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr2C>3 + CuO from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1.3, from 0.2 mol% to 1 mol% mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 0.8 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO + CO3O4 + Cr20s + CuO from 0.01 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.4 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 0.4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass composition and resultant glass article may comprise 0 mol% of one or more of NiO, CO3O4, Cr2O3, and/or CuO.
[00114] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of TiO2 of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.4 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of TiCh from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00115] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CeCh of 0.1 mol% or more, 0.2 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.4 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CeCh from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.2 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.3 mol% to 0.5 mol, from 0.3 mol% to 0.4 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00116] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.015 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.3 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.2 mol% or less, 0.05 mol% or less, 0.04 mol% or less, 0.035 mol% or less, 0.03 mol% or less, 0.025 mol% or less, 0.02 mol% or less, or 0.015 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO can be from greater than 0 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.04 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.035 mol%, from 0.015 mol% to 0.03 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.025 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of NiO can be from greater than 0.01 mol% to 0.3 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.3 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00117] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CuO of greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.15 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.4 mol% or less, 0.35 mol% or less, 0.3 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.2 mol% or less, or 0.15 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CuO from greater than 0 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.4 mol% from 0.1 mol% to 0.35 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.3 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.15 mol% to 0.2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00118] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CO3O4 of greater than 0 mol%, 0.0001 mol% or more, 0.0002 mol% or more, 0.0005 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or less, 0.04 mol% or less, 0.03 mol% or less, 0.02 mol% or less, 0.01 mol% or less, 0.0095 mol% or less, 0.009 mol% or less,
0.0085 mol% or less, 0.008 mol% or less, 0.0075 mol% or less, 0.007 mol% or less,
0.0065 mol% or less, 0.006 mol% or less, 0.0055 mol% or less, 0.005 mol% or less,
0.0045 mol% or less, 0.004 mol% or less, 0.0035 mol% or less, 0.003 mol% or less,
0.0025 mol% or less, or 0.002 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CO3O4 from greater than 0 mol% to 0.01 mol% or less, from 0.0001 mol% to 0.009 mol% or less, from 0.0001 mol% to 0.008 mol%, from 0.0001 mol% to 0.007 mol%, from 0.0002 mol% to 0.006 mol%, from 0.0002 mol% to 0.005 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 0.004 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 0.003 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.02 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of CO3O4 from 0.0001 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.0005 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.04 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.03 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00119] In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of C^Ch of greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.015 mol% or more, 0.02 mol% or more, or 0.05 mol% or less, 0.04 mol% or less, 0.035 mol% or less, 0.035 mol% or less, 0.03 mol% or less, 0.025 mol% or less, 0.02 mol% or less, 0.015 mol% or less, or 0.01 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of C^Ch from greater than 0 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.04 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.035 mol%, from 0.015 mol% to 0.03 mol%, from 0.02 mol% to 0.025 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00120] In aspects, the colorant package in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may comprise or consist of Au as a colorant to achieve a desired color. In aspects, Au may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants. As described herein, in aspects, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may be formulated to improve the retention of Au, thereby expanding the color gamut achievable in the resultant colored glass articles. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au of 0.0005 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.002 mol% or more, 0.005 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.1 mol% or less, or 0.05 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au from 0.0005 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.002 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au of 1 ppm or more, 5 ppm or more, 10 ppm or more, 15 ppm or more, 100 ppm or more, 500 ppm or more, 1,000 ppm or more, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 10,000 ppm or less, 2,000 ppm or less, 1,000 ppm or less, 500 ppm or less, 100 ppm or less, 50 ppm or less, or 20 ppm or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of Au from 1 ppm to 10,000 ppm, from 1 ppm to 2,000 ppm, from 5 ppm to 1,000 ppm, from 5 ppm to 500 ppm, from 10 ppm to 100 ppm, from 15 ppm to 50 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween. A different color gamut may be achieved by including secondary colorants in addition to Au. For example, in aspects, the glass composition and resultant colored glass article may comprise greater than or equal to 0 mol% and less than or equal to 1 mol% of a cation “M”, wherein “M” is at least one of F, Cl, Br, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Se, Nb, Mo, Ru, Rh, Pd, Ag, Cd, In, Te, W, Ir, Pt, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, and Er.
[00121] In aspects, the colorant package used in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles described herein may comprise or consist of C^Ch as a colorant to achieve a desired color. In aspects, C^Ch may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants. For example, in aspects where C^Ch is utilized as a colorant, other transition metal oxides may be included in the glass composition to modify the color imparted to the glass, including, for example and without limitation, CuO, NiO, and/or CO3O4. As described herein, in aspects, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may be formulated to improve the solubility of Cr20s, thereby expanding the color gamut achievable in the resultant colored glass articles. In aspects, the glass article may comprise C^Ch of greater than 0 mol% or more, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.005 mol% or less, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, or 0.1 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass article may comprise C^Ch from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may comprise C^Ch from 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm, from 100 ppm to 5,000 ppm, from 300 ppm to 2,000 ppm, from 500 ppm to 1,000 ppm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00122] In aspects where the colorant package includes C Ch as a colorant, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles are per-alkali (i.e., R2O (mol%) + R'O (mol%) - AI2O3 (mol%) is 0.5 mol% or more) to increase the solubility of Cr2C>3 and avoid Cr-spinel crystal formation. However, when the glass composition has an excessive amount of alkali after charge balancing AI2O3, the alkali may form non-bridging oxygen around SiCh, which degrades fracture toughness. Accordingly, in aspects, R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be limited (e.g., less than or equal to 6 mol%) to prevent a reduction in fracture toughness.
[00123] In aspects, R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol% or from 1 mol% to 5.5 mol%. In aspects, R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 1.5 mol% or more, 2 mol% or more, 6 mol% or less, 5.5 mol% or less, 5 mol% or less, 4.5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3.5 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, or 2.5 mol% or less. In aspects, R2O + R'O - AI2O3 in the glass article may be from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, from 0.5 mol% to 5.5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1 mol% to 4.5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 4 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 3.5 mol%, from 2 mol% to 3 mol%, from 2 mol% to 2.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00124] In aspects where the colorant package comprises Cr2O3 as a colorant, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may satisfy at least one of the following conditions and achieve the desired color: (1) less than or equal to 17.5 mol% AI2O3 and/or R2O + R'O - AI2O3 greater than or equal to 0.5 mol%; (2) AI2O3 + MgO + ZnO less than or equal to 22 mol%; and (3) MgO + ZnO less than or equal to 4.5 mol%. In aspects where the colorant comprises Cr20s, different color gamuts may be achieved by including other colorants in addition to Cr2O3. For example, in aspects, the glass composition and resultant colored glass article may comprise NiO, CO3O4, CuO, or combinations thereof in addition to Cr2O3.
[00125] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol% NiO as a colorant in addition to Cr2O3. In aspects, the concentration of NiO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less, 0.1 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of NiO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.01 mol%, from 0.5 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.25 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.1 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00126] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol% CO3O4 as a colorant in addition to Cr2O3. In aspects, the concentration of CO3O4 in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.001 mol% or more, 0.005 mol% or more, 0.01 mol% or more, 2 mol% or less, 1.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.1 mol% or less, or 0.05 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of CO3O4 in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 2 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0.001 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.005 mol% to 0.1 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 0.05 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00127] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol% CuO as a colorant in addition to Cr2O3. In aspects, the concentration of CuO in the glass article may be greater than 0 mol%, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 0.5 mol% or more, 1 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, or 2 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of CuO in the glass article may be from greater than 0 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 4 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.5 to 2 mol%, from 1 mol% to 2 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00128] In aspects, the colorant package used in the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may comprise or consist of Ag as a colorant to achieve a desired color. As described herein, in aspects, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles may be formulated to improve the retention of Ag, thereby expanding the color gamut achievable in the resultant colored glass articles. In aspects, Ag may be included in the glass compositions as the sole colorant or in combination with other colorants. In aspects where Ag is utilized as a colorant in the glass composition, the color is created by the presence of anisotropic silver particles in the colored glass article that are formed from the reduction of silver ions in the glass composition. Accordingly, in aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of Ag from 0.01 mol% to 5 mol%. In aspects, the glass article may comprise a concentration of Ag of 0.01 mol% or more, 0.05 mol% or more, 0.1 mol% or more, 5 mol% or less, 2.5 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, 0.75 mol% or less, 0.5 mol% or less, 0.25 mol% or less. In aspects, the concentration of Ag in the glass article may be from 0.01 mol% to 5 mol%, from 0.01 mol% to 2.5 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.75 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.25 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00129] Conventionally, halide-free colored glass articles that comprise silver in as-formed condition (i.e., colored glass articles that have not been subjected to mechanical stretching) produce only yellow, orange, and red colors upon a suitable heat treatment applied to the glass article in as-formed condition. These colors are generated by the formation of isotropic (i.e., nominally spherical) silver particles in the conventional, halide-free colored glass article. These isotropic silver particles support a single localized surface plasmon resonance. Isotropic silver particles are the most energetically favorable to form because they have the lowest surface area to volume ratio and, as a result, they are the most common geometry observed in colored glass articles that comprise silver.
[00130] In contrast, colored glass articles that comprise anisotropic silver particles can produce a much broader range of colors, for example pink, purple, blue, green, brown, and black. As used herein, anisotropic silver particles refer to silver particles having an aspect ratio greater than 1, where the aspect ratio is the ratio of a longest dimension of the particle to a shortest dimension of the particle (e.g., a ratio of the length of the particle to the width of the particle is greater than 1). This is in contrast to an isotropic silver particle in which the aspect ratio is 1. The broader color gamut produced in glasses having anisotropic silver particles is because anisotropic silver particles support two distinct plasmonic modes: a higher energy transverse mode, and a lower energy longitudinal mode. These two distinct plasmonic modes can be observed via absorption spectra of the colored glass articles, which typically have at least two distinct peaks when anisotropic silver particles are present in the glass. By varying the aspect ratio of anisotropic particles, the resonant absorption of these two plasmonic modes can be tuned and, as a result, the color shifted.
[00131] Conventionally, the formation of anisotropic metallic silver particles in glass can be either induced by elongating spherical particles of silver through shear forces (e.g., by stretching the colored glass article via re-draw) using mechanical stretching processes. The mechanical stretching process results in a glass article having silver particles that are generally aligned in parallel with one another along the stretching direction (i.e., the glass is polarized).
[00132] A conventional alternative to mechanical stretching processes for creating anisotropic metallic particles in a glass article is the incorporation of halides (e.g., F, Cl, and Br) in the glass composition. In halide-containing colored glass articles, anisotropic silver particles are formed by templating the particles on elongated and/or pyramidal-shaped halide crystals. However, the inclusion of halides in the glass composition may be undesirable.
[00133] In contrast, the colored glass articles comprising Ag as a colorant described herein may generate a broad range of colors, for example yellow, orange, red, green, pink, purple, brown, and black without the inclusion of halides in the glass composition or the use of mechanical stretching processes. Without being bound by any particular theory, it is believed that anisotropic silver particles may form in the colored glass articles of the present disclosure due to a mechanism similar to the template growth caused by the inclusion of halides in the glass composition. However, instead of templating on a halide-containing crystal or mechanically stretching isotropic silver particles, it has been unexpectedly found that anisotropic silver crystals may form on nano-sized crystals of spodumene, lithium silicate, and/or beta quartz during heat treatment of the glass article in its as-formed condition. Additionally and/or alternatively, it is believed that anisotropic silver particles may precipitate at the interfaces between phase-separated regions of the colored glass article and/or regions that are only partially crystalized. Further, these crystals and/or phase-separated regions may form a nucleation site for the growth of anisotropic silver particles. [00134] Accordingly, in aspects, the glass article including silver as a colorant may comprise less than 100 parts per million (ppm) of halides. For example, the glass compositions and the resultant colored glass articles comprising Ag as a colorant may comprise less than 100 ppm halides, for example less than 50 ppm halides, less than 25 ppm halides, less than 10 ppm halides, or even 0 ppm halides.
[00135] As noted previously, colored glass articles comprising Ag produced using mechanical stretching processes generally include anisotropic silver particles similar to those of the colored glass article of the present application. However, it should be noted that these mechanical stretching processes also result in the anisotropic silver particles being ordered and aligned (e.g., the longer dimensions of each anisotropic silver particles are facing in the same direction, for example in the direction of mechanical stretching). Put more simply, the colored glass articles produced using mechanical stretching processes are polarized due to the alignment of the anisotropic silver particles in the glass as a result of mechanical stretching.
[00136] In contrast, in the aspects described herein, the colored glass articles comprising Ag as a colorant, which are not subjected to mechanical stretching processes, are non-polarized. In aspects, the anisotropic silver particles of the colored glass article are not aligned (e.g., the longer dimensions of two or more anisotropic silver particles are facing in different directions) and, instead, the anisotropic silver particles are randomly aligned in the glass. As used herein, “length” refers to the longest dimension of the anisotropic silver particle. The “width” refers to the dimension of the anisotropic particle that is perpendicular to the length. To obtain the length and width of the anisotropic silver particles, a calibration is set by measuring the scale bar on the electron micrograph, converting each pixel to the appropriate unit length. The image is then converted into a grayscale image. A software measuring tool is then used to measure the number of pixels from one end to the other of each particle as well as the number of pixels across the greatest width of the particle. In aspects, an automated script is run to measure the length and aspect ratios of multiple particles automatically. In aspects, a length of the anisotropic silver particles can be 10 nm or more, 12 nm or more, 14 nm or more, 16 nm or more, 18 nm or more, 22 nm or more, 34 nm or more, 36 nm or more, 38 nm or more, 40 nm or less, 38 nm or less, 36 nm or less, 34 nm or less, 32 nm or less, 30 nm or less, 28 nm or less, 26 nm or less, 24 nm or less, 22 nm or less, or 20 nm or less. In aspects, the length of the anisotropic silver particles can range from 10 nm to 40 nm, from 12 nm to 36 nm, from 14 nm to 34 nm, from 14 nm to 32 nm, from 14 nm to 28 nm, from 14 nm to 26 nm, from 16 nm to 22 nm, from 16 nm to 20 nm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, a width of the anisotropic silver particles can be 6 nm or more, 8 nm or more, 10 nm or more, 12 nm or more, 14 nm or more, 20 nm or less, 18 nm or less, 16 nm or less, 14 nm or less, 12 nm or less, or 10 nm or less. In aspects, the width of the anisotropic silver particles can be from 6 nm to 20 nm, from 8 nm to 18 nm, from 8 nm to 16 nm, from 10 nm to 14 nm, or any range or subrange therebetween. As used herein, “aspect ratio” is defined as the ratio of the length to the width of an anisotropic silver particle. In aspects, an aspect ratio of the anisotropic silver particle can be greater than 1, 1.5 or more, 2 or more, 2.5 or more, 3 or less, 2.5 or less, 2 or less, or 1.5 or less. In aspects, the aspect ratio of the anisotropic silver particle can range from greater than 1 to 3, from 1.5 to 2.5, from 2 to 2.5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00173] The glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may further comprise one or more rare-earth oxides, for example CeCh, Nd2O3, and/or E^Ch. Rare-earth oxides may be added to provide additional visible light absorbance to the glass (in addition to that imparted by the silver) to further alter the color of the glass. Rare- earth oxides may also be added to increase the Young’s modulus and/or the annealing point of the glass.
[00174] In aspects, the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may further comprise a concentration of CeCh of greater than 0 mol%, 0.05 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may further comprise a concentration of CeCh from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.05 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free and/or free of CeCh.
[00175] In aspects, the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of Nd2<)3 that is greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of Nd2O3 from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween. [00176] In aspects, the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of E^Ch that is greater than 0 mol%, 0.1 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, 3 mol% or less, 2 mol% or less, 1 mol% or less, or 0.5 mol% or less. In aspects, the glass articles that include Ag as a colorant may comprise a concentration of Er20s from greater than 0 mol% to 4 mol%, from greater than 0 mol% to 3 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 1 mol%, from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00177] In aspects, the glass articles described herein may further include tramp materials, for example, TiCh, MnO, MoOs, WO3, Y2O3, CdO, AS2O3, sulfurbased compounds (e.g., sulfates), halogens, or combinations thereof. In aspects, the glass article may be substantially free or free of tramp materials, for example TiCh, MnO, MoOs, WO3, Y2O3, CdO, AS2O3, sulfur-based compounds (e.g., sulfates), halogens, or combinations thereof.
[00178] In aspects, decreasing the melting point of the glass article may help improve colorant retention because the glass compositions may be melted at relatively lower temperatures and colorant evaporation may be reduced. Accordingly, the glass articles described herein may optionally include MgO and/or ZnO, which help lower the melting point of the glass articles. B2O3, Li2O, and Na2O also decrease the melting point of the glass articles. As described herein, other components may be added to the glass article to lower the melting point thereof, for example SnCh, Sb2C>3, and f^Ch. In aspects, the glass article may have a melting point of 1300°C or more, 1325°C or more, 1350°C or more, 1375°C or more, 1400°C or more, 1550°C or less, 1525°C or less, 1500°C or less, 1475°C or less, or 1450°C or less. In aspects, the melting point of the glass article can be from 1300°C to 1550°C, from 1325°C to 1525°C, from 1350°C to 1500°C, from 1375°C to 1475°C, from 1400°C to 1450°C, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, a liquidus temperature of the glass article may be 1000°C or more, 1050°C or more, 1100°C or more, 1400°C or less, 1350°C or less, or 1300°C or less. In aspects, a liquidus temperature of the glass article may be from 1000°C to 1400°C, from 1050°C to 1350°C, from 1100°C to 1300, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00179] In aspects, the viscosity of the glass article may be adjusted to prevent devitrification of the glass composition and formation of colorant particles, for example Au particles, during melting and forming. Formation of colorant particles during melting and forming may limit the color gamut that may be achieved by heat treatment. In aspects, to achieve the desired viscosity and thereby prevent formation of colorant particles before melting, the glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P20s (mol%) - 35*Li2O (mol%) - 16.6*B2O3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na2O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K2O (mol%) - 26.3*CaO (mol%) is greater than -609 mol%. In aspects, the glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P2O5 (mol%) - 35*Li2O (mol%) - 16.6*B2O3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na2O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K2O (mol%) - 26.3 *CaO (mol%) is greater than -609 mol%, greater than or equal to -575 mol%, greater than or equal to -550 mol%, or even greater than or equal to -525 mol%. In aspects, the glass compositions and the resultant glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P2O5 (mol%) - 35*Li2O (mol%) - 16.6*B2O3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na2O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K2O (mol%) - 26.3*CaO (mol%) is less than or equal to -400 mol%, less than or equal to -425 mol%, or even less than or equal to -450 mol%. In aspects, the glass articles described herein may satisfy the relationship 5.72*AhO3 (mol%) - 21.4*ZnO (mol%) - 2.5*P20s (mol%) - 35*Li2O (mol%) - 16.6*B2O3 (mol%) - 20.5*MgO (mol%) - 23.3*Na2O (mol%) - 27.9*SrO (mol%) - 18.5*K2O (mol%) - 26.3*CaO (mol%) is from -609 mol% to -400 mol%, from -575 mol% to -425 mol%, from -550 mol% to -450 mol%, from -525 mol% to - 450 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00180] In aspects where the colorant package comprises Au, relatively smaller concentrations of R2O - AI2O3 (e.g., less than or equal to 1.5 mol%) may result in a blue or purple glass article. Relatively higher concentrations of R2O - AI2O3 (e.g., greater than 1.5 mol%) may result in an orange or red glass article. For example, in aspects in which the colorant package includes Au, R2O - AI2O3 may be from -5 mol% to 1.5 mol% and b* may be from -25 to 10 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5). In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 may be from -3 mol% to 1.5 mol% and b* may be from -15 to 7 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5). In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 may be from -5 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from -1 mol% to 1.5 mol%, from 0 mol% to 1.5 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween; and b* may be from -25 to 10 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5), from -15 to 7, from -10 to 5 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5), from -10 to 5 (exclusive of b* greater than -0.5 and less than 0.5), or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects in which the colorant package includes Au, R2O - AI2O3 may be from 1.5 mol% to 7 mol% and b* may be from 0.5 to 25. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 may be from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol% and b* may be from 0.5 to 15. In aspects, R2O - AI2O3 may be from 1.5 mol% to 7 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 5 mol%, from 1.5 mol% to 3 mol%, or any range or subrange therebetween; and b* may be from 0.5 to 25, from 2.5 to 15, from 5 to 10, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00181] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 60 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 11 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3; from 2 mol% to 8 mol% B2O3; from 9 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O; from 2 mol% to 6 mol% Na2O; and from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 0.01 mol% Au. In further aspects, the glass article can further comprise from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol% MgO; from 0.1 mol% to 2 mol% ZnO; and. In even further aspects, MgO + ZnO is from 0.1 mol% to 4.5 mol%. In further aspects, the glass article can further comprise from 0.1 mol% to 0.5 mol% K2O; and from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 0.05 mol% Au. In even further aspects, R2O - AI2O3 is from 0 mol% to 3 mol%.
[00182] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 40 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 8 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3; from 1 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 1 mol% to 20 mol% Li2O; from 1 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O; from 0 mol% to 6 mol% MgO; from 0 mol% to 5 mol% ZnO; and from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 1 mol% Au, wherein: MgO + ZnO is from 0.1 mol% and to 6 mol%. In further aspects, the glass article may further comprise from 0 mol% to 8 mol% MgO and from 0.0005 mol% to 1 mol% Au.
[00183] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 50 mol% to 80 mol% SiO2; from 7 mol% to 25 mol% AI2O3; from 1 mol% to 15 mol% B2O3; from 5 mol% to 20 mol% IJ2O; from 0.5 mol% to 15 mol% Na2O; from greater than 0 mol% to 1 mol% K2O; and from 1 x 10'6 mol% to 1 mol% Au, wherein: R2O - AI2O3 is from -5 mol% to 7 mol%. In aspects, the glass article can comprise from 50 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 10 mol% to 17.5 mol% AI2O3; from 3 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 8.8 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O; from 1.5 mol% to 8 mol% Na2O; and from 0 mol% to 2 mol% Cr2C>3, wherein: R2O + R'O - AI2O3 is from 0.5 mol% to 6 mol%, and AI2O3 + MgO + ZnO is from 12 mol% to 22 mol%.
[00184] In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 50 mol% to 70 mol% SiO2; from 10 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3; from 4 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 7 mol% to 17 mol% IJ2O; from 1 mol% to 9 mol% Na2O; from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol% SnO2; and from 0.01 mol% to 5 mol% Ag, wherein R2O - AI2O3 is from 0.2 mol% to 5.00 mol%. In aspects, the glass article may comprise from 50 mol% to 70 mol% SiCh; from 10 mol% to 20 mol% AI2O3; from 1 mol% to 10 mol% B2O3; from 7 mol% to 14 mol% Li2O; from 0.01 mol% to 8 mol% Na2O; from 0.01 mol% to 1 mol% K2O; from 0 mol% to 7 mol% CaO; and from 0 mol% to 8 mol% MgO, wherein Li2O + K2O + Na2O + CaO + MgO + ZnO is 25 mol% or more and at least one of: CuO + NiO + CO3O4 + G2O3 is 0.001 mol% or more, CeO2 is 0.1 mol% or more, and/or TiO2 is 0. 1 mol% or more.
[00185] Throughout the disclosure, fracture toughness (Kic) represents the ability of a glass composition to resist fracture. Fracture toughness is measured on a non-strengthened glass article, such as measuring the Kic value prior to ion exchange (IOX) treatment of the glass article, thereby representing a feature of a glass substrate prior to IOX. The fracture toughness test methods described herein are not suitable for glasses that have been exposed to IOX treatment. Accordingly, where the fracture toughness of an ion exchanged article is referred to, it means the fracture toughness of a non-ion exchanged article with the same composition and microstructure (when present) as the center (i.e., a point located at least 0.5t from every surface of the article or substrate where t is the thickness of the article or substrate) of the ion exchanged article (which corresponds to the portion of the ion exchanged article least affected by the ion exchange process and, hence, a composition and microstructure comparable to a non-ion exchanged glass). Fracture toughness is measured by the chevron notched short bar method. The chevron notched short bar (CNSB) method is disclosed in Reddy, K.P.R. et al, “Fracture Toughness Measurement of Glass and Ceramic Materials Using Chevron-Notched Specimens,” J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 71 [6], C-310-C- 313 (1988) except that Y*m is calculated using equation 5 of Bubsey, R.T. et al., “Closed-Form Expressions for Crack-Mouth Displacement and Stress Intensity Factors for Chevron-Notched Short Bar and Short Rod Specimens Based on Experimental Compliance Measurements,” NASA Technical Memorandum 83796, pp. 1-30 (October 1992). Unless otherwise specified, all fracture toughness values were measured by chevron notched short bar (CNSB) method.
[00186] In aspects, the glass articles formed from the glass compositions described herein may have an increased fracture toughness such that the colored glass articles are more resistant to damage. In aspects, the glass article may have a Kic fracture toughness as measured by a CNSB method, prior to ion exchange, of 0.7 MPa m1 2 or more, 0.8 MPa m1 2 or more, 0.9 MPa m1 2 or more, or 1.0 MPa m1 2 or more. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 formed from the glass compositions described herein may have an increased fracture toughness such that the colored glass articles are more resistant to damage. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 may have a Kic fracture toughness as measured by the DCB method, prior to ion exchange, of 0.6 MPa m1/2 or more, 0.7 MPa m1/2 or more, 0.8 MPa m1/2 or more, 0.9 MPa m1/2 or more, 1.0 MPa m1 2 or more.
[00187] Throughout the disclosure, the dielectric constant of the glass article is measured using a split post dielectric resonator (SPDR) at a frequency of 10 GHz. The dielectric constant was measured on samples of the glass article having a length of 3 inches (76.2 mm), a width of 3 inches (76.2 mm), and a thickness of less than 0.9 mm. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises a dielectric constant Dk at 10 GHz of 6.4 or less, 6.3 or less, 6.2 or less, 6.1 or less, 6 or less, 5.6 or more, 5.7 or more, 5.8 or more, 5.9 or more, or 6.0 or more. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises a dielectric constant Dk at 10 GHz in a range from 5.6 to 6.4, from 5.7 to 6.3, from 5.8 to 6.2, from 5.9 to 6.1, from 5.9 to 6, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz (e.g., from 26 GHz to 40 GHz) can be within one or more of the above- mentioned ranges. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the dielectric constant of the glass article measured at 10 GHz approximates the dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz. Accordingly, a dielectric constant reported for a colored glass article at a frequency of 10 GHz approximates the dielectric constant of the colored glass article at frequencies in a range from 10 GHz to 60 GHz, inclusive of endpoints.
[00188] In aspects, although not shown, the natively colored glass housing can further comprise a coating disposed on the first major surface of the glass article, for example. For example, the coating can be an anti -reflective coating, an anti-glare coating, an easy-to-clean coating, a low-friction coating, an oleophobic coating, a diamond-like coating, a scratch-resistant, coating, an abrasion-resistant coating, a polymeric hard coating, or a combination thereof. A scratch-resistant coating may comprise an oxynitride, for example, aluminum oxynitride or silicon oxynitride with a thickness of about 500 micrometers or more. In such aspects, the abrasion-resistant layer may comprise the same material as the scratch-resistant layer. In aspects, a low friction coating may comprise a highly fluorinated silane coupling agent, for example, an alkyl fluorosilane with oxymethyl groups pendant on the silicon atom. In such aspects, an easy-to-clean coating may comprise the same material as the low friction coating. In other aspects, the easy-to-clean coating may comprise a protonatable group, for example an amine, for example, an alkyl aminosilane with oxymethyl groups pendant on the silicon atom. In such aspects, the oleophobic coating may comprise the same material as the easy-to-clean coating. In aspects, a diamond-like coating comprises carbon and may be created by applying a high voltage potential in the presence of a hydrocarbon plasma.
[00189] In further aspects, a polymeric hard coating can comprise one or more of an ethylene-acid copolymer, a polyurethane-based polymer, an acrylate resin, and a mercapto-ester resin. Example aspects of ethylene-acid copolymers include ethylene-acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymers, and ethylene-acrylic-methacrylic acid terpolymers (e.g., Nucrel, manufactured by DuPont), ionomers of ethylene acid copolymers (e.g., Surlyn, manufactured by DuPont), and ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer amine dispersions (e.g., Aquacer, manufactured by BYK). Example aspects of polyurethane-based polymers include aqueous-modified polyurethane dispersions (e.g., Eleglas®, manufactured by Axalta). Example aspects of acrylate resins that can be UV curable include acrylate resins (e.g., Uvekol® resin, manufactured by Allinex), cyanoacrylate adhesives (e.g., Permabond® UV620, manufactured by Krayden), and UV radical acrylic resins (e.g., Ultrabond windshield repair resin, for example, Ultrabond (45CPS)). Example aspects of mercapto-ester resins include mercapto-ester triallyl isocyanurates (e.g., Norland optical adhesive NO A 61). In further aspects, the polymeric hard coating can comprise ethylene-acrylic acid copolymers and ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymers, which may be ionomerized to form ionomer resins through neutralization of the carboxylic acid residue with typically alkali-metal ions, for example, sodium and potassium, and also zinc. Such ethylene-acrylic acid and ethylene-methacrylic acid ionomers may be dispersed in water and coated onto the substrate to form an ionomer coating. Alternatively, such acid copolymers may be neutralized with ammonia which, after coating and drying liberates the ammonia to reform the acid copolymer as the coating. By providing a coating comprising a polymeric coating, the foldable apparatus can comprise low energy fracture. In further aspects, the polymeric hard coating can comprise an optically transparent hard-coat layer. Suitable materials for an optically transparent polymeric hard-coat layer include but are not limited to a cured acrylate resin material, an inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material, an aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate, a siloxane-based hybrid material, and a nanocomposite material, for example, an epoxy and urethane material with nanosilicate. As used herein, “inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material” means a polymeric material comprising monomers with inorganic and organic components. An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is obtained by a polymerization reaction between monomers having an inorganic group and an organic group. An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is not a nanocomposite material comprising separate inorganic and organic constituents or phases, for example, inorganic particulates dispersed within an organic matrix. More specifically, suitable materials for an optically transparent polymeric (OTP) hard-coat layer include, but are not limited to, a polyimide, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET), a polycarbonate (PC), a poly methyl methacrylate (PMMA), organic polymer materials, inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric materials, and aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylates. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may consist essentially of an organic polymer material, an inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material, or aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may consist of a polyimide, an organic polymer material, an inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material, or aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may include a nanocomposite material. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may include a nano-silicate and at least one of epoxy or urethane materials. Suitable compositions for such an OTP hard-coat layer are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2015/0110990, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety by reference thereto. As used herein, “organic polymer material” means a polymeric material comprising monomers with only organic components. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may comprise an organic polymer material manufactured by Gunze Limited and having a hardness of 9H, for example Gunze’s “Highly Durable Transparent Film.” As used herein, “inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material” means a polymeric material comprising monomers with inorganic and organic components. An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is obtained by a polymerization reaction between monomers having an inorganic group and an organic group. An inorganic-organic hybrid polymer is not a nanocomposite material comprising separate inorganic and organic constituents or phases, for example, inorganic particulates dispersed within an organic matrix. In aspects, the inorganic-organic hybrid polymeric material may include polymerized monomers comprising an inorganic silicon-based group, for example, a silsesquioxane polymer. A silsesqui oxane polymer may be, for example, an alkyl-silsesquioxane, an aryl- silsesqui oxane, or an aryl alkyl-silsesquioxane having the following chemical structure: (RSiOi.s)n, where R is an organic group for example, but not limited to, methyl or phenyl. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may comprise a silsesquioxane polymer combined with an organic matrix, for example, SILPLUS manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer may comprise 90 wt% to 95 wt% aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate, e.g., PU662NT (Aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate) manufactured by Miwon Specialty Chemical Co.) and 10 wt% to 5 wt% photo-initiator (e.g., Darocur 1173 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation) with a hardness of 8H or more. In aspects, an OTP hard-coat layer composed of an aliphatic or aromatic hexafunctional urethane acrylate may be formed as a stand-alone layer by spin-coating the layer on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate, curing the urethane acrylate, and removing the urethane acrylate layer from the PET substrate.
[00190] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise one or more compressive stress regions. In aspects, a compressive stress region may be created by chemically strengthening. Chemically strengthening may comprise an ion exchange process, where ions in a surface layer are replaced by-or exchanged with- larger ions having the same valence or oxidation state. Without wishing to be bound by theory, chemically strengthening the glass article can enable good impact resistance, good puncture resistance, and/or higher flexural strength. A compressive stress region may extend into a portion of glass article for a depth called the depth of compression (DOC). As used herein, depth of compression means the depth at which the stress in the chemically strengthened glass articles described herein changes from compressive stress to tensile stress. Depth of compression can be measured by a surface stress meter or a scattered light polariscope (SCALP, wherein values reported herein were made using SCALP-5 made by Glasstress Co., Estonia) depending on the ion exchange treatment and the thickness of the glass article being measured. Where the stress in the glass article is generated by exchanging potassium ions into the substrate, a surface stress meter, for example, the FSM-6000 (Orihara Industrial Co., Ltd. (Japan)), is used to measure depth of compression. Unless specified otherwise, compressive stress (including surface CS) is measured by surface stress meter (FSM) using commercially available instruments, for example the FSM-6000, manufactured by Orihara. Surface stress measurements rely upon the accurate measurement of the stress optical coefficient (SOC), which is related to the birefringence of the glass. Unless specified otherwise, SOC is measured according to Procedure C (Glass Disc Method) described in ASTM standard C770-16, entitled “Standard Test Method for Measurement of Glass Stress-Optical Coefficient,” the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Where the stress is generated by exchanging sodium ions into the glass article, and the glass article is thicker than about 400 pm, SCALP is used to measure the depth of compression and central tension (CT). Where the stress in the glass article is generated by exchanging both potassium and sodium ions into the glass article, and the article being measured is thicker than about 400 pm, the depth of compression and CT are measured by SCALP. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the exchange depth of sodium may indicate the depth of compression while the exchange depth of potassium ions may indicate a change in the magnitude of the compressive stress (but not the change in stress from compressive to tensile). The refracted near-field (RNF; the RNF method is described in U.S. Patent No. 8,854,623, entitled “Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample”, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) method also may be used to derive a graphical representation of the stress profile. When the RNF method is utilized to derive a graphical representation of the stress profile, the maximum central tension value provided by SCALP is utilized in the RNF method. The graphical representation of the stress profile derived by RNF is force balanced and calibrated to the maximum central tension value provided by a SCALP measurement. As used herein, “depth of layer” (DOL) means the depth that the ions have exchanged into the glass article (e.g., sodium, potassium). Throughout the disclosure, DOL is measured in accordance with ASTM C-1422. Without wishing to be bound by theory, a DOL is usually greater than or equal to the corresponding DOC. Through the disclosure, when the maximum central tension cannot be measured directly by SCALP (as when the article being measured is thinner than about 400 pm) the maximum central tension can be approximated by a product of a maximum compressive stress and a depth of compression divided by the difference between the thickness of the glass article and twice the depth of compression, wherein the compressive stress and depth of compression are measured by FSM.
[00191] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a first compressive stress region extending to a first depth of compression from the first major surface 332 and/or 513. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a second compressive stress region extending to a second depth of compression from the second major surface 330 and/or 515. In aspects, the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression as a percentage of the thickness 337and/or 517 can be about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 12% or more, about 15% or more, about 30% or less, about 25% or less, about 22% or less, about 20% or less, about 17% or less, or about 15% or less. In aspects, the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression as a percentage of the thickness 337and/or 517 can be in a range from about 5% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 25%, from about 10% to about 22%, from about 12% to about 20%, from about 12% to about 17%, from about 15% to about 17%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression can be about 10 pm or more, about 20 pm or more, about 30 pm or more, about 40 pm or more, about 50 pm or more, about 60 pm or more, about 500 pm or less, about 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 90 pm or less, or about 80 pm or less. In aspects, the first depth of compression and/or the second depth of compression can be in a range from about 10 pm to about 500 pm, from about 20 pm to about 200 pm, from about 30 pm to about 150 pm, from about 40 pm to about 100 pm, from about 50 pm to about 90 pm, from about 60 pm to about 80 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00192] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a first depth of layer of one or more alkali-metal ions associated with the first compressive stress region, and/or the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a second depth of layer of one or more alkali-metal ions associated with the second compressive stress region and the second depth of compression. As used herein, the one or more alkali-metal ions of a depth of layer of one or more alkali-metal ions can include sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium, and/or francium. In aspects, the one or more alkali ions of the first depth of layer of the one or more alkali ions and/or the second depth of layer of the one or more alkali ions comprises potassium. In aspects, the first depth of layer and/or the second depth of layer, as a percentage of the thickness 517, can be about 1% or more, about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 12% or more, about 15% or more, about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 17% or less, about 15% or less, or about 10% or less. In aspects, the first depth of layer and/or the second depth of layer, as a percentage of the thickness 517, can be in a range from about 1% to about 25%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 10% to about 17%, from about 12% to about 15%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the first depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions and/or the second depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions can be about 1 pm or more, about 10 pm or more, about 15 pm or more, about 20 pm or more, about 25 pm or more, about 30 pm or more, about 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 60 pm or less, about 45 pm or less, about 30 pm or less, or about 20 pm or less. In aspects, the first depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions and/or the second depth of layer of the one or more alkali-metal ions can be in a range from about 1 pm to about 200 pm, from about 1 pm to about 150 pm, from about 10 pm to about 100 pm, from about 15 pm to about 600 pm, from about 20 pm to about 45 pm, from about 20 pm to about 30 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00193] In aspects, the first compressive stress region can comprise a maximum first compressive stress, and/or the second compressive stress region can comprise a maximum second compressive stress. In further aspects, the maximum first compressive stress and/or the maximum second compressive stress can be about 100 MegaPascals (MPa) or more, about 300 MPa or more, 400 MPa or more, about 500 MPa or more, about 600 MPa or more, about 700 MPa or more, about 1,500 MPa or less, about 1,200 MPa or less, about 1,000 MPa or less, or about 800 MPa or less. In further aspects, the maximum first compressive stress and/or the maximum second compressive stress can be in a range from about 100 MPa to about 1,500 MPa, from about 300 MPa to about 1,200 MPa, from about 400 MPa to about 1,000 MPa, from about 500 MPa to about 1,000 MPa, from about 600 MPa to about 900 MPa, from about 700 MPa to about 800 MPa, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00194] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a tensile stress region. In further aspects, the tensile stress region can be positioned between the first compressive stress region and the second compressive stress region. In further aspects, the tensile stress region can comprise a maximum tensile stress. In even further aspects, the maximum tensile stress can be about 10 MPa or more, about 30 MPa or more, about 50 MPa or more, about 60 MPa or more, about 80 MPa or more, about 250 MPa or less, about 200 MPa or less, about 100 MPa or less, about 80 MPa or less, or about 60 MPa or less. In even further aspects, the maximum tensile stress can be in a range from about 10 MPa to about 250 MPa, from about 30 MPa to about 200 MPa, from about 50 MPa to about 100 MPa, from about 60 MPa to about 80 MPa, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00195] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises an average transmittance over the wavelength range from 400 nm to 750 nm of 10% or more, about 15% or more, 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, 40% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 75% or more, 80% or more, 82% or more, 85% or more, 87% or more, 92% or less, 91% or less, 90% or less, 89% or less, 88% or less, 87% or less 86% or less, 85% or less, 80% or less, 75% or less, or 70% or less. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 comprises an average transmittance over the wavelength range from 400 nm to 750 nm from 10% to 92%, from 15% to 92%, from 20% to 91%, from 20% to 91%, from 25% to 91%, from 30% to 90%, from 40% to 90%, from 60% to 89%, from 70% to 88%, from 75% to 87%, from 80% to 86%, from 82% to 85%, or any range or subrange therebetween. Alternatively, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can be opaque.
[00196] In aspects, the color exhibited by glass article 350 and/or 511 can correspond to at least one 10 nm band with lower transmittance than the average transmittance over the visible spectrum (e.g., from 400 nm to 700 nm). In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can exhibit a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm that is 3% or more, 5% or more, 8% or more, 10% or more, 20% or more, 40% or more 50% or more, 60% or more, 70% or more, 80% or less, 78% or less, 75% or less, 72% or less, 70% or less, 68% or less, or 65% or less. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can exhibit a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm in range from 3% to 80% , from 5% to 78%, from 8% to 75%, from 10% to 72%, from 20% to 70%, from 40% to 68%, from 50% to 65%, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00197] Glass articles of the present disclosure can exhibit saturated colors. For example, the CIE L* value can be about 50 or more with an absolute value of the CIE a* value of about 0.3 or more (e.g., about 15 or more) and an absolute value of the CIE b* value of about 0.2 or more (e.g., about 5 or more). In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a CIE L* value of 50 or more, 60 or more, 70 or more, 75 or more, 80 or more, 85 or more, 90 or more, 96 or less, 92 or less, 90 or less, 88 or less, 85 or less, 82 or less, 80 or less, 75 or less, 65 or less, or 55 or less. In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise a CIE L* value from 50 to 96, from 60 to 92, from 70 to 90, from 75 to 88, from 80 to 85, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00198] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise an absolute value of a CIE a* (i.e., |a*|) value of 0.3 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1 or more, 3 or more, 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 18 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more. In aspects, the CIE a* value can be about -35 or more, -20 or more, -18 or more, -15 or more, -10 or more, -5 or more, -3 or more, -1 or more, 0.3 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1 or more, 5 or more, 8 or more, 10 or more, 18 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 65 or less, 40 or less, 25 or less, 18 or less, 10 or less, 8 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, 1 or less, -0.3 or more, -0.5 or more, -0.8 or more, -1 or less, -3 or less, -5 or less, -8 or less, -10 or less, -15 or less, -18 or less, -20 or less, or -25 or less. In aspects, the CIE a* value (excluding values from -0.3 to 0.3) can range from about - 35 to 65, from -20 to 40, from -18 to 25, from -15 to 20, from -10 to 18, from -5 to 10, from -3 to 5, from -1 to 3, from -0.8 to 1, or any range or subrange therebetween. For example, the CIE a* value (excluding value from -0.3 to 0.3) can range from -35 to 60, -20 to 60, -10 to 25, from -5 to 25, or any range or subrange therebetween. Alternatively, the CIE a* value can range from -35 to -0.3, from -18 to -0.5, from -15 to -1, from -10 to -1, from -8 to -1, from -5 to -1, or any range or subrange therebetween. Alternatively, the CIE a* value can range from 0.3 to 65, from 0.3 to 25, from 0.3 to 18, from 0.3 to 10, from 0.5 to 8, from 1 to 5, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the CIE a* value can be about -3 or less, for example, in a range from about -35 to about -3, from about -20 to about -3, from about -18 to about -3, from about -15 to about -3, from about -10 to about -5, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00199] In aspects, the glass article 350 and/or 511 can comprise an absolute value of a CIE b* (i.e., |b*|) value of 0.2 or more, 0.3 or more, 0.5 or more, 1 or more, 1.5 or more, 3 or more, 5 or more, 8 or more, 10 or more, 20 or more, 50 or more, 70 or more, or 80 or more. In aspects, the CIE b* value can be -90 or more, -85 or more, -75 or more, -50 or more, -35 or more, -20 or more, -5 or more, -1 or more, 0.2 or more, 0.3 or more, 0.5 or more, 1 or more, 3 or more, 5 or more, 8 or more, 10 or more, 20 or more, 50 or more, 70 or more, 120 or less, 90 or less, 82 or less, 75 or less, 50 or less, 35 or less, 20 or less, 8 or less, 5 or less, -0.2 or less, -0.3 or less, -0.5 or less, -1 or less, -5 or less, -10 or less, -20 or less, -35 or less, -50 or less, or -70 or less. In aspects, the CIE b* value (excluding from -0.2 to 0.2) can range from -90 to 120, from -85 to 75, from -50 to 50, from -35 to 35, from -20 to 20, from -5 to 8, from -1 to 5, from 0.2 to 3, from 0.3 to 1, or any range or subrange therebetween. For example, the CIE b* value can range from -20 to 5, from -10 to 5, from -5 to 5, from - 5 to 3, from -5 to 1, from -5 to -0.2, from -3 to -0.3, from -1 to -0.5, or any range or subrange therebetween. Alternatively, the CIE b* value can range from 0.2 to 90, from 0.5 to 82, from 1 to 75, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 5, from 1.5 to 5, or any range or subrange therebetween. Alternatively, the CIE b* value can range from -90 to -0.2, from -85 to -0.5, from -20 to -1, from -10 to -1, from -1 to -5, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the CIE b* value can be about 5 or more, for example, in a range from about 5 to about 120, from about 5 to about 90, from about 5 to about 75, from about 5 to about 50, from about 5 to about 35, from about 5 to about 25, from about 5 to about 20, from about 5 to about 8, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00200] In aspects, as shown in FIG. 6, the glass article 511 can comprise a plurality of particulates (e.g., particulate 603, 605, and 613). As used herein, a “maximum dimension” of a particulate is the longest linear distance from one end of the particulate to another end of the particulate such that a line segment connecting the two ends is entirely within the particulate (other than at the ends). For example, particulate 603 or 605 is circular in the two-dimensional image shown in FIG. 6; so, the maximum dimension 605 or 609 is equal to the diameter of the circular shape. For example, the particulate 613 is an irregular, elongated shape, and the maximum dimension 613 is the longest line segment of all line segments between pairs of two points (e.g., ends) of the particulate 613 with the line segment therebetween (not shown) being entirely within the particulate 613 (other than at the endpoints of the line segment). Throughout the disclosure, a “particulate” comprising a maximum dimension of 30 nm or more and the “particulate” comprises a colorant (as discussed above). In aspects, a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can have a single peak (e.g., unimodal), for example, corresponding to predominantly smaller particulates like particulate 603 or predominantly larger particulates like particulate 609 or 613. Alternatively, in aspects, a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can have more than one peak (e.g., bimodal or otherwise having more than one local maximum), for example, with a set a smaller particulates (e.g., particulate 603) and a set of larger particulates (e.g., particulate 609 or 613). [00201] In further aspects, a majority of the particulates can have maximum dimension less than 50 pm. In even further aspects, 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 30 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 20 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 20 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 50% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension can be from 2 pm to 40 pm, from 10 pm to 40 pm, from 30 nm to 30 pm, or from 2 pm to 30 pm. In even further aspects, a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates that is greater than 50 pm can be about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 15% or less, about 10% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less about 2% or less, or about 1% or less. In even further aspects, a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates that is greater than 100 pm can be about 10% or less, about 7% or less, about 6% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less, about 2% or less, or about 1% or less. In even further aspects, a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 80 pm or less, about 60 pm or less, about 50 pm or less, or about 40 pm or less.
[00202] In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be about 30 nm or more, about 40 nm or more, about 50 nm or more, about 70 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, about 200 nm or more, about 500 nm or more, about 800 nm or more, about 1 pm or more, about 2 pm or more, about 5 pm or more, about 10 pm or more, about 50 pm or less, about 45 pm or less, about 40 pm or less, about 35 pm or less, about 30 pm or less, about 25 pm or less, about 20 pm or less, about 15 pm or less, about 10 pm or less, about 5 pm or less, or about 1 pm or less. In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be in a range from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 40 nm to about 45 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 100 nm to about 40 pm, from about 200 nm to about 40 pm, from about 500 nm to about 35 pm, from about 800 nm to about 35 pm, from about 1 pm to about 30 pm, from about 2 pm to about 25 pm, from about 5 pm to about 20 pm, from about 10 pm to about 15 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be in a range from about 30 nm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 20 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be less than 10 pm, for example, from about 30 nm to about 10 pm, from about 40 nm to about 10 pm, from about 50 nm to about 5 pm, from about 70 nm to about 5 pm, from about 100 nm to about 1 pm, from about 200 nm to about 1 pm, from about 500 nm to about 1 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the plurality of particulates can include a set of particulates with a maximum dimension from 30 nm to 2 pm or from 50 nm to 2 pm.
[00203] As used herein, a concentration of the plurality of particulates is measured for a section of the glass article comprising a 1 mm x 1 mm portion of the major surfaces and all the material therebetween using optical microscopy. Throughout the disclosure, density of the glass article is measured in accordance with ASTM D792. Consequently, a mass of the portion of the glass article where the measurement occurs can be calculated. In aspects, a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article can be about 1 particulate per kilogram (p/kg) or more, about 2 p/kg or more, about 5 p/kg or more, about 10 p/kg or more, about 20 p/kg or more, about 30 p/kg or more, about 1,000 p/kg or less, about 500 p/kg or less, about 200 p/kg or less, about 100 p/kg or less, about 80 p/kg or less, about 60 p/kg or less, about 40 p/kg or less, or about 20 p/kg or less. In aspects, a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article can range from about 1 p/kg to about 1,000 p/kg or, from about 2 p/kg to about 500 p/kg, from about 5 p/kg or to about 200 p/kg, from about 10 p/kg to about 100 p/kg, from about 20 p/kg to about 80 p/kg, from about 30 p/kg or to about 60 p/kg, or any range or subrange therebetween. [00204] Throughout the disclosure, a “cluster of particulates” refers to a collection of particulates where each particulate in the cluster is within 15 pm of another particulate in the cluster of particulates. With reference to a “cluster of particulates,” a “maximum dimension” dimension refers to the distance of the longest line segment between ends of the particulate. Unlike the “maximum dimension” of a single particle, the “maximum dimension” of a cluster of particulates is not limited to having the line segment entirely within the particulate. For example, as shown in FIGS. 10-13, clusters 1001, 1101, 1201, and 1301 have a maximum dimension 1011, 1111, 1211, or 1311 from one end of the cluster to another end, where each particulate in the cluster is within 15 pm of another particulate in the cluster. With reference to FIG. 10, particulate 1003 is separated from particulate 1005 by spacing 1015, where the spacing is about 6 pm that is less than 15 pm and the distance between other adjacent pairs of particulates is less than spacing 1015. Also, it is to be noted that the maximum dimension 1013 of the particulate 1003 is not required to be measured in the same direction as the maximum dimension 1011 of the cluster 1001.
[00205] In aspects, a majority of the clusters of particulates can have a maximum dimension less than 50 pm. In further aspects, 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 10 pm to about 30 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 30 nm to about 50 pm, from about 50 nm to about 40 pm, from about 70 nm to about 30 pm, from about 100 nm to about 20 pm, from about 200 nm to about 10 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be from about 2 pm to about 50 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 2 pm to about 30 pm, from about 10 pm to about 30 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In even further aspects, 50% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension can be from 10 pm to 40 pm, from 30 nm to 30 pm, or from 2 pm to 30 pm. In further aspects, a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates that is greater than 50 pm can be about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 15% or less, about 10% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less about 2% or less, or about 1% or less. In further aspects, a fraction of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates that is greater than 100 pm can be about 10% or less, about 7% or less, about 6% or less, about 5% or less, about 4% or less, about 3% or less, about 2% or less, or about 1% or less. In even further aspects, a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates can be 200 pm or less, about 150 pm or less, about 100 pm or less, about 80 pm or less, about 60 pm or less, about 50 pm or less, or about 40 pm or less.
[00206] In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be about 50 nm or more, about 100 nm or more, about 500 nm or more, about 1 pm or more, about 2 pm or more, about 5 pm or more, about 10 pm or more, about 50 pm or less, about 45 pm or less, about 40 pm or less, about 35 pm or less, about 30 pm or less, about 25 pm or less, about 20 pm or less, about 15 pm or less, about 10 pm or less, about 5 pm or less, or about 1 pm or less. In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be in a range from about 50 nm to about 50 pm, from about 100 nm to about 50 pm, from about 500 nm to about 45 pm, from about 1 pm to about 45 pm, from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, from about 5 pm to about 40 pm, from about 10 pm to about 40 pm, from about 15 pm to about 40 pm, from about 15 pm to about 35 pm, from about 20 pm to about 25 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, a median value of the maximum dimension of the clusters of particulates can be in a range from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, about 10 pm to about 40 pm, from about 10 pm to about 30 pm, from about 15 pm to about 30 pm, from about 15 pm to about 25 pm, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00207] As used herein, a concentration of the clusters of particulates is measured for a section of the glass article comprising a 1 mm x 1 mm portion of the major surfaces and all the material therebetween using optical microscopy. In aspects, a concentration of clusters of particulates in the glass article can be about 1 cluster per kilogram (c/kg) or more, about 2 c/kg or more, about 5 c/kg or more, about 10 c/kg or more, about 20 c/kg or more, about 30 c/kg or more, about 1,000 c/kg or less, about 500 c/kg or less, about 200 c/kg or less, about 100 c/kg or less, about 80 c/kg or less, about 60 c/kg or less, about 40 c/kg or less, or about 20 c/kg or less. In aspects, a concentration of clusters of particulates in the glass article can range from about 1 c/kg to about 1,000 c/kg or, from about 2 c/kg to about 500 c/kg, from about 5 c/kg or to about 200 c/kg, from about 10 c/kg to about 100 c/kg, from about 20 c/kg to about 80 c/kg, from about 30 c/kg or to about 60 c/kg, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00208] Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that traditional colorant approaches produce particles less than 50 nm (e.g., less than 30 nm), if any. For example, as described above, the length of silver particles is less than 40 nm with smaller maximum values provided. Likewise, gold particles for imparting color comprise nanometer scale maximum dimensions (e.g., less than 30 nm, less than 20 nm, from 1 nm to 20 nm). Indeed, it is believed that particulates of gold and silver larger than 50 nm would not be effect as colorants. Consequently, the particulates (and clusters thereof) described herein are of a different scale than would be achieved in traditional approaches. Further, the present inventors have discovered that these particulates can enable a more saturated color to be achieved. Indeed, the more saturated color can be achieved without noticeable visual defects associated with the particulates when a majority of the particulates (or a portion described above) have a maximum dimension less than about 50 pm (e.g., less than about 40 pm). Since the particulates described herein comprise colorants, the particulates enable higher amounts of colorant to be included in glass articles without noticeable visual defects to achieve colors that may not otherwise be possible with a natively colored glass article and/or natively colored glass housing. Providing more saturated colors can be aesthetically pleasing.
[00209] On the other hand, large aggregates encountered in conventional approaches to increasing colorant concentration tend to about 100 pm or more, which can be noticeable with the naked eye and/or aesthetically unpleasing. In contrast, the particulates of the present disclosure can have a median of a maximum dimension of a particulate and/or a median of a maximum dimension of a cluster size that is 50 pm or less (e.g., 40 pm or less, from 10 pm to 30 pm), and/or a distribution of the particulates or clusters of the present disclosure greater than 40 pm or more (e.g., 50 pm or more) can be less than 40% (e.g., less than 20%).
[00210] Aspects of methods of making the glass article and/or natively colored glass housing in accordance with aspects of the disclosure will be discussed with reference to the flow chart in FIG. 7 and example method steps illustrated in
FIGS. 8-9
[00211] In a first step 701 of methods of the disclosure, methods can start with obtaining raw materials for the glass article and/or natively colored glass article, which can be obtained, for example, by purchase or otherwise obtaining the raw materials. In aspects, the raw materials can be melted together and formed in a glass article by the end of step 701. For example, precursor materials comprising a combination of constituent glass components and one or more colorants in a colorant package described herein may be melted together. In further aspects, the glass article can be provided by forming them with a variety of ribbon forming processes, for example, slot draw, down-draw, fusion down-draw, up-draw, press roll, redraw, or float. Alternatively, the glass article may be provided by purchase or otherwise obtaining a substrate or by forming the glass article. In aspects, methods can comprise milling the precursor materials or at least the precursor material comprising the colorant to reduce an associated particle size, which can increase a particulate size in the resulting glass article. In aspects, the initial glass article may be exposed to a heat treatment to produce color in the glass article, as described below in step 705.
[00212] After step 701, methods can proceed to step 703 comprising melting together the raw materials to form a glass article. Amounts the raw materials (mol% on an oxide basis) can be within one or more of the ranges discussed above for the composition of glass article. In aspects, the raw materials can further comprise an additive that can impact the resulting color and/or ultraviolet (UV)-related properties of the glass article but will volatilize during the melting of the raw materials to form the glass article. Exemplary aspects of such additives include nitrates (e.g., KNO3, NaNCh), sulfates (e.g., K2SO4, Na2SC>4), and carbon (e.g., charcoal, carbon black). In further aspects, the raw materials can include a source of nitrate (e.g., KNO3, NaNCh) with the amount of nitrate in the raw materials can be about 1.5 wt% or more, about 2 wt% or more, about 2.5 wt% or more, about 5 wt% or less, about 3 wt% or less, or about 2.9 wt% or less. In further aspects, the raw materials can include a source of nitrate (e.g., KNO3, NaNCh) with the amount of nitrate in the raw materials can range from about 1.5 wt% to about 5 wt%, from about 2 wt% to about 3 wt%, from about 2.5 wt% to about 2.9 wt%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In further aspects, an amount of the source of sulfate in the precursor materials can range from about 0.01 wt% to about 1 wt%, from about 0.02 wt% to about 1 wt%, from about 0.05 wt% to about 0.5 wt%, from about 0.1 wt% to about 0.3 wt%, from about 0.15 wt% to about 0.25 wt%, from about 0.2 wt% to about 0.25 wt%, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, step 703 can further comprise applying pressure from a roller to break apart any large (e.g., 50 pm or more) particulates.
[00213] After step 703, as shown in FIG. 8, methods can proceed to step 705 comprising heating the glass article. In aspects, as shown, heating the glass article can comprise placing the glass article 511 in an oven 801. In aspects, different color coordinates within the color gamut may be achieved by altering the heat treatment cycle of the glass composition used to produce the resultant colored glass articles. The heat treatment cycle is characterized by the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven) and the duration of the cycle (i.e., the time exposed to the heated environment). As used herein, the phrase “temperature of the heat treatment cycle” refers to the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven). Unless otherwise indicated, glass articles described herein are heat treated in an isothermal oven to produce the resultant colored glass articles. Although, in other aspects, methods may follow arrow 704 or 706 from step 703 omitting step 705, for example, if the glass article does not need to be heat treated to be colored or if the color was otherwise developed by the end of step 703.
[00214] In aspects, the precursor glass article may be exposed to a heat treatment to produce color in the glass. For example and without limitation, the heat treatment may induce the formation of colorant particles in the glass which, in turn, cause the glass to become colored. In aspects, the glass may appear clear (i.e., colorless) prior to heat treatment. Examples of colorant particles may include, for example and without limitation, Au particles (e.g., when the colorant package in the glass comprises Au), randomly oriented, anisotropic silver particles (e.g., when the colorant package comprises Ag) and/or the like, thereby forming a colored glass article. The time and/or temperature of the heat treatment may be specifically selected to produce a colored glass article having a desired color. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that a desired color is a result of the morphology of the particles precipitated in the glass which, in turn, is dependent on the time and/or temperature of the heat treatment. Accordingly, it should be understood that a single glass composition can be used to form colored glass articles having different colors based on the time and/or temperature of the applied heat treatment in addition to the composition of the colorant package included in the glass. Specifically, different color coordinates within the color gamut may be achieved by altering the heat treatment cycle of the glass composition used to produce the resultant colored glass articles. The heat treatment cycle is characterized by the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven) and the duration of the cycle (i.e., the time exposed to the heated environment). As used herein, the phrase “temperature of the heat treatment cycle” refers to the temperature of the environment (i.e., the oven). In aspects, glass articles formed from the glass compositions described herein are heat treated in an isothermal oven to produce the resultant colored glass articles.
[00215] In aspects, the temperature of the heat treatment cycle 500°C or more, 550°C or more, 575°C or more, 600°C or more, 625°C or more, 650°C or more, 800°C or less, 775°C or less, 750°C or less, 725°C or less, or 700°C or less. In aspects, the temperature of the heat treatment cycle can range from 500°C to 800°C, from 550°C to 750°, from 575°C to 725°C, from 600°C to 725°C, from 625°C to 700°C, from 650°C to 700°C, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the duration of the heat treatment cycle can be 0.15 hours or more, 0.25 hours or more, 0.5 hours or more, 1 hour or more, 2 hours or more, 24 hours or less, 16 hours or less, 8 hours or less, 6 hours or less, 4 hours or less, or 3 hours or less. In aspects, the duration of the heat treatment cycle can range from 0.15 hours to 24 hours, from 0.25 hours to 16 hours, from 0.5 hours to 8 hours, from 1 hour to 6 hours, from 1 hour to 4 hours, from 2 hours to 4 hours, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00216] In embodiments, the heat treatment may comprise ramping up to a heat treatment temperature at a heating rate and cooling down from the heat treatment temperature at a cooling rate. In embodiments, the selected heating rate and cooling rate may affect the color coordinates of the resultant colored glass articles. In aspects, the heating rate of the heat treatment may be 2°C/min or more, 3°C/min or more, 10°C/min or less, 7°C/min or less, or 5°C/min or less. In aspects, the heating rate of the heat treatment can range from 2°C/min to 10°C/min, from 3°C/min to 7°C/min, from 3°C/min to 5°C/min, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the cooling rate of the heat treatment may be l°C/min or more, 2°C/min or more, 10°C/min or less, 8°C/min or less, 6°C/min or less, or 4°C/min or less. In aspects, the cooling rate of the heat treatment can range from l°C/min to 10°C/min, from l°C/min to 8°C/min, from 2°C/min to 6°C/min, from 2°C/min to 4°C/min, or any range or subrange therebetween. [00217] Exemplary aspects of heat treatments for glass articles including Ag are presented. For example, colored glass articles having an orange color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 590°C to about 610°C for a heat treatment time from about 45 minutes to about 180 minutes. For example, colored glass articles having a red color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 600°C to about 615°C for a heat treatment time from about 180 minutes to about 300 minutes, colored glass articles having a green color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 620°C to about 640°C for a heat treatment time from about 20 minutes to about 40 minutes. For example, colored glass articles having a brown color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 640°C to about 660°C for a heat treatment time from about 30 minutes to about 90 minutes. For example, colored glass articles having a purple color may be formed by heat treating the precursor glass article at a heat treatment temperature from about 625°C to about 650°C for from about 30 minutes to about 90 minutes.
[00218] After step 703 or 705, as shown in FIG. 9, methods can proceed to step 707 comprising chemically strengthening the glass article. In aspects, as shown, step 707 can comprise contacting at least a portion of the glass article 511 with a molten salt solution 903 (e.g., contained in a bath 901). For example, as shown, the glass article 511 can be immersed in the molten salt solution 903 contained in the bath 901. In aspects, step 707 can develop the first compressive stress region, the second compressive stress region, and/or the tensile stress region discussed above and the corresponding region can comprise a maximum stress and/or depth of compression within one or more of the corresponding ranges discussed above. In aspects, the molten salt solution comprises sodium and/or potassium ions (e.g., from KNO3 and/or NaNCh). In aspects, the temperature of the molten salt solution 903 can be about 300°C or more, about 360°C or more, about 400°C or more, about 500°C or less, about 460°C or less, or about 420°C or less. In aspects, the temperature of the molten salt solution 903 can be in a range from about 300°C to about 500°C, from about 360°C to about 460°C, from about 400°C to about 420°C, or any range or subrange therebetween. In aspects, the glass article 511 can be in contact with the molten salt solution 903 for about 30 minutes or more, about 45 minutes or more, about 1 hour or more, about 8 hours or less, about 4 hours or less, about 2 hours or less, or about 1.5 hours or less. In aspects, the glass article 511 can be in contact with the molten salt solution 903 for a time in a range from about 30 minutes to about 8 hours, from about 45 minutes to about 4 hours, from about 1 hour to about 2 hours, from about 1 hour to about 1.5 hours, or any range or subrange therebetween.
[00219] After step 707, methods can proceed to step 709 comprising assembling the glass article 511 into a natively colored glass housing, an electronic device (e.g., consumer electronic device). In aspects, step 709 can comprise disposing and/or attaching the glass article to the reflector (e.g., in a natively colored glass housing).
[00220] After step 703, 705, 707, or 709, methods can be complete upon reaching step 711. In aspects, methods of making a glass article and/or a natively colored glass housing in accordance with aspects of the disclosure can proceed along steps 701, 703, 705, 707, 709, and 711 of the flow chart in FIG. 7 sequentially, as discussed above. In aspects, methods can follow arrow 702 from step 701 to step 707, for example, if the glass article is colored by the end of step 701. In aspects, methods can follow arrow 704 from step 703 to step 711, for example if methods are complete at the end of step 703. In aspects, methods can follow arrow 706 from step 703 to step 707, for example, if the glass article does not need to be heat treated to be colored or if the color was otherwise developed by the end of step 703. In aspects, methods can follow arrow 708 from step 705 to step 711, for example, if methods are complete at the end of step 705. In aspects, methods can follow arrow 710 from step 707 to step 711, for example, if methods are complete at the end of step 707. Any of the above options may be combined to make a foldable apparatus in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure.
EXAMPLES
[00221] Various aspects will be further clarified by the following examples. Examples 10-13 were formed as a glass article with the Composition A stated in Table 1, and Example 1 was formed as a glass article with the Composition B stated in Table 1. Examples 1 and 10-13 comprised a thickness of 2.4 mm. For compositions A-B, the CIE L* values were from 80 to 84, the CIE a* values were from -12 to -10, and the CIE b* values were from 1 to 5.
Table 1 : Composition (mol%) of Examples 10-13
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00222] FIGS. 10-13 clusters 1001, 1101, 1201, and 1301, respectively, for Examples 10-13 taken from glass comprising Composition A. The properties of Examples 10-13 are shown in Table 2. The number of clusters per kilogram of material comprising Composition A ranged from about 10 clusters per kilogram to about 150 clusters per kilogram.
[00223] As shown in FIG. 10, cluster 1001 of Example 10 comprised particulates 1003, 1005, 1007, and 1009 with particulate 1013 being the largest with a maximum dimension of 6 pm. Particulates 1003, 1005, 1007, and 1009 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions less than 10 pm. The largest spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1001 was between particulates 1003 and 1005 with a spacing 1015 of 6 pm. The maximum dimension 1011 of cluster 1001 was 21 pm.
[00224] As shown in FIG. 11, cluster 1101 of Example 11 comprised particulates 1103, 1105, 1107, and 1109, although particulate 1103 is likely a collection of particulates in contact with one another. The largest particulate in FIG. 11 is particulate 1103 with maximum dimension 1113 of 13 pm. Particulates 1105, 1107, and 1109 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions less than 10 pm. The largest spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1101 was between particulates 1105 and 1107 with a spacing 1115 of 10 pm. The maximum dimension 1111 of the cluster 1101 was 50 pm.
[00225] As shown in FIG. 12, cluster 1201 of Example 12 comprised particulates 1203, 1205, 1207, and 1209, although particulate 1203 is likely two particulates in contact. The largest particulate in FIG. 12 is particulate 1203 with a maximum dimension 1213 of 22 pm. Particulates 1205, 1207, and 1209 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions less than 10 pm. The largest spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1201 was between particulates 1203 and 1205 with a spacing 1215 of 12 pm. The maximum dimension 1211 of the cluster 1201 was 42 pm.
[00226] As shown in FIG. 13, cluster 1301 of Example 13 comprised particulates 1303, 1305, 1307, and 1309, although particulate 1307 is likely several particulates in contact with one another and particulate 1305. The largest particulate in FIG. 13 is particulate 1303 with a maximum dimension 1313 of 4 pm. Particulates 1303, 1305, 1307, and 1309 comprised corresponding maximum dimensions of less than 10 pm. The maximum spacing between adjacent particulates in the cluster 1301 was between particulates 1305 and 1305 with a spacing 1315 of 15 pm. The maximum dimension 1311 of the cluster 1301 was 32 pm.
Table 2: Properties of Clusters in FIGS. 10-13
Figure imgf000070_0001
Table 3: Distribution of Cluster Maximum Dimension
Figure imgf000070_0002
[00227] Table 3 presents the distribution of cluster maximum dimension of Example 1 comprising Composition B. The concentration of clusters ranged from about 10 clusters per kilogram to about 200 cluster per kilogram. As shown in Table 3, the maximum value of the maximum dimension of a cluster detected was less than 150 pm. Less than 10% of the clusters had a maximum dimension of 75 pm or more. Less than 20% of the clusters had a maximum dimension of 50 pm or more. About 50% of the clusters had a maximum dimension from 20 pm to 40 gm. More than 80% of the clusters had a maximum dimension less than 50 gm. More than 50% and more than 60% (e.g., 65%) of the clusters had a maximum dimension less than 40 gm. A median of the maximum value of the maximum dimension of the clusters was about 33 gm. An analysis by XPS of the particulates in Example 1 confirmed that about 90% or more of the particulates comprised a colorant (i.e., chromium).
[00228] As shown in FIGS. 10-13, the clusters can comprise multiple particulates, for example, 4 or more particulates. Consequently, it is expected that the distribution of maximum dimension of particulates would have a median of the maximum dimension of less than 10 pm. Indeed 13 of the 16 particulates labeled in FIGS. 10-13 had a maximum dimension of 10 pm or less.
[00229] The above observations can be combined to provide glass articles and natively colored glass articles including the same that contain a plurality of particulates that can provide a saturated color, which can be aesthetically pleasing. Providing the more saturated color can be achieved without noticeable visual defects associated with the particulates, for example, when a majority of the particulates (or a portion described above) have a maximum dimension less than about 50 gm (e.g., less than about 40 gm). Since the particulates comprise colorants, the particulates enable higher amounts of colorant to be included in glass articles without noticeable visual defects to achieve colors that may not otherwise be possible with a natively colored glass article and/or natively colored glass housing.
[00230] Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that traditional colorant approaches produce particles less than 50 nm (e.g., less than 30 nm), if any. For example, as described above, the length of silver particles is less than 40 nm with smaller maximum values provided. Likewise, gold particles for imparting color comprise nanometer scale maximum dimensions (e.g., less than 30 nm, less than 20 nm, from 1 nm to 20 nm). Indeed, it is believed that particulates of gold and silver larger than 50 nm would not be effect as colorants. Consequently, the particulates (and clusters thereof) described herein are of a different scale than would be achieved in traditional approaches.
[00231] On the other hand, large aggregates encountered in conventional approaches to increasing colorant concentration tend to about 100 pm or more, which can be noticeable with the naked eye and/or aesthetically unpleasing. In contrast, the particulates of the present disclosure can have a median of a maximum dimension of a particulate and/or a median of a maximum dimension of a cluster size that is 50 pm or less (e.g., 40 pm or less, from 10 pm to 30 pm), and/or a distribution of the particulates or clusters of the present disclosure greater than 40 pm or more (e.g., 50 pm or more) can be less than 40% (e.g., less than 20%).
[00232] The inventors of the present application have discovered that particulates and/or clusters a corresponding maximum dimension (e.g., median of the corresponding maximum dimension or maximum value of the corresponding maximum dimension) from 30 nm to 50 pm (e.g., from 50 nm to 50 pm, 2 pm to 40 pm, etc.) may not be noticeable to the naked eye in combination with the saturated colors of the present disclosure. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the particulates and/or clusters of particulates do not change the color of the glass article even though the particulates and/or clusters comprise the colorant. Further, particulates with a maximum dimension of less than or equal to 2 pm (e.g., from 30 nm to 2 pm, from 50 nm to 2 pm) may not be visible even with optical microscopy techniques. Consequently, glass articles with the particulates and/or clusters of particulates described herein can be made in a more cost-effective manner relative to glass articles that are free of such particulates. For example, cheaper and/or less purified raw materials that result in such particulates and/or clusters can be used, and/or processing time associated with dissolving the raw materials can be reduced that can reduce costs and increase cycle time. Further, without wishing to be bound by theory, the particulates and/or clusters of the present disclosure may increase a toughness (e.g., fracture resistance) of the glass article, for example, by deflecting and/or arresting crack propagation that is incident on such structures.
[00233] The glass-based material of the glass article can provide good dimensional stability, good impact resistance, good crack resistance, good puncture resistance, and/or good flexural strength. The glass article can include a compressive stress region (e.g., be chemically strengthened), which can provide improved crack resistance, puncture resistance, impact resistance, and/or improved flexural strength. Minimizing the combination of R2O, CaO, MgO, and ZnO in the glass composition may provide the resultant colored glass article with a desirable dielectric constant, for example when the colored glass article is used as a portion of a housing for an electronic device. Providing a dielectric constant for frequencies from 10 GHz to 60 GHz from 5.6 to 6.4 can allow wireless communication through the glass article. [00234] Providing a natively colored glass housing with a colored glass article can eliminate the need for an additional layer to impart color to the housing, which can simplify assembly and provide a more consistent color. Consequently, the natively colored glass housing including the glass article can provide an aesthetically pleasing appearance (e.g., color) while simultaneously protecting an electronic device from damage and/or permitting wireless communication therethrough.
[00235] Directional terms as used herein — for example, up, down, right, left, front, back, top, bottom — are made only with reference to the figures as drawn and are not intended to imply absolute orientation.
[00236] It will be appreciated that the various disclosed aspects may involve features, elements, or steps that are described in connection with that aspect. It will also be appreciated that a feature, element, or step, although described in relation to one aspect, may be interchanged or combined with alternate aspects in various nonillustrated combinations or permutations.
[00237] It is also to be understood that, as used herein the terms “the,” “a,” or “an,” mean “at least one,” and should not be limited to “only one” unless explicitly indicated to the contrary. For example, reference to “a component” comprises aspects having two or more such components unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Likewise, a “plurality” is intended to denote “more than one.”
[00238] As used herein, the term “about” means that amounts, sizes, formulations, parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and need not be exact, but may be approximate and/or larger or smaller, as desired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off, measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those of skill in the art. Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, aspects include from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. Whether or not a numerical value or endpoint of a range in the specification recites “about,” the numerical value or endpoint of a range is intended to include two aspects: one modified by “about,” and one not modified by “about.” It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint and independently of the other endpoint. [00239] The terms “substantial,” “substantially,” and variations thereof as used herein are intended to note that a described feature is equal or approximately equal to a value or description. For example, a “substantially planar” surface is intended to denote a surface that is planar or approximately planar. Moreover, as defined above, “substantially similar” is intended to denote that two values are equal or approximately equal. In aspects, “substantially similar” may denote values within about 10% of each other, for example, within about 5% of each other, or within about 2% of each other.
[00240] Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that any method set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim does not actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is not otherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it is in no way intended that any particular order be inferred.
[00241] While various features, elements, or steps of particular aspects may be disclosed using the transitional phrase “comprising,” it is to be understood that alternative aspects, including those that may be described using the transitional phrases “consisting of’ or “consisting essentially of,” are implied. Thus, for example, implied alternative aspects to an apparatus that comprises A+B+C include aspects where an apparatus consists of A+B+C and aspects where an apparatus consists essentially of A+B+C. As used herein, the terms “comprising” and “including”, and variations thereof shall be construed as synonymous and open-ended unless otherwise indicated.
[00242] The above aspects, and the features of those aspects, are exemplary and can be provided alone or in any combination with any one or more features of other aspects provided herein without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
[00243] It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made to the present disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. Thus, it is intended that the present disclosure cover the modifications and variations of the aspects herein provided they come within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A glass article comprising: a thickness defined between a first major surface and a second major surface opposite the first major surface; and a plurality of particulates distributed throughout a volume of the glass article, the plurality of particulates comprising a colorant, the plurality of particulates comprising a plurality of clusters, each cluster comprising one or more particulates of the plurality of particulates with adjacent pairs of particulates within 15 micrometers of one another, and a median of a maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm, wherein the glass article exhibits a CIE L* value of about 50 or more, an absolute value of a CIE a* value of the glass article is about 0.3 or more, and an absolute of the CIE b* value of the glass article is about 0.2 or more, and the glass article comprises at least one alkali metal oxide.
2. The glass article of any one of claims 1-2, wherein the colorant comprises chromium, cerium, cobalt, gold, silver, nickel, or combinations thereof.
3. The glass article of claim 2, wherein a concentration of the colorant is about 50 ppm or more.
4. The glass article of claim 3, wherein the concentration of the colorant is from about 500 ppm to about 10,000 ppm.
5. The glass article of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the plurality of particulates comprise a median of an maximum dimension ranging from about 30 nm to about 40 pm.
6. The glass article of any one of claims 1-4, wherein a median of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 2 pm to about 30 pm.
7. The glass article of any one of claims 1-4, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 30 nm to about 50 pm.
8. The glass article of any one of claims 1-4, wherein 60% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm.
9. The glass article of any one of claims 7-8, wherein 5% or less of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is 100 pm or more.
10. The glass article of any one of claims 5-9, wherein a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is about 50 pm or less.
11. The glass article of any of claims 5-10, wherein the plurality of particulates further comprises a set of particulates with a maximum dimension from 30 nm to 2 pm.
12. The glass article of any one of claims 1-11, wherein a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
13. The glass article of claim 12, wherein the concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
14. The glass article of any one of claims 1-13, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 50 pm.
15. The glass article of claim 14, wherein 60% or more of a distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is from about 2 pm to about 40 pm.
16. The glass article of any one of claims 14-15, wherein 5% or less of the distribution of the maximum dimension of the plurality of clusters is 100 pm or more.
17. The glass article of any one of claims 13-16, wherein a concentration of the plurality of clusters in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
18. The glass article of claim 17, wherein the concentration of the plurality of clusters in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
19. The glass article of any one of claims 1-18, wherein the glass article comprises a CIE a* value from about -15 to -1.
20. The glass article of any one of claims 1-19, wherein the CIE b* value is from about 1.5 to about 5.
21. The glass article of any one of claims 1-20, wherein the CIE L* value is from about 80 to 96.
22. The glass article of any one of claims 1-21, further comprising: from about 50 mol% to about 75 mol% SiCE; from about 5 mol% to about 20 mol% AI2O3; from about 15 mol% to about 20 mol% of the at least one alkali metal oxide; and at least one of B2O3 or P2O5.
23. The glass article of any one of claims 1-21, wherein the glass article comprises, as a mol% of the glass article: from 60 mol% to 65 mol% SiCE; from 12 mol% to 17 mol% AI2O3; from 3 mol% to 6 mol% B2O3; from 10 mol% to 16 mol% of at least one alkali metal oxide, alkali metal oxides including Li2O, Na2O, and K2O; from 3 mol% to 5 mol% CaO; from 0 mol% to 1 mol% ZrCE; and from 0 mol% to 0.25 mol% SnCE.
24. The glass article of cany one of claims 1-23, wherein the glass article comprises a soda lime glass, an alkali aluminosilicate glass, an alkali containing borosilicate glass, or an alkali aluminoborosilicate glass.
25. The glass article of any one of claims 1-24, wherein the glass article comprises at least one crystalline phase.
26. The glass article of claim 25, wherein a crystallinity of the glass article is 10 wt% or less.
27. The glass article of any one of claims 1-26, further comprising a first compressive stress region extending to a first depth of compression from the first compressive stress region.
28. The glass article of claim 27, wherein a maximum compressive stress of the first compressive stress region is about 400 MegaPascals or more.
29. The glass article of any one of claims 1-28, wherein the glass article comprises a dielectric constant at frequencies from 10 GigaHertz to 60 GigaHertz of from about 5.6 to about 6.4.
30. The glass article of any one of claims 1-29, wherein the glass article exhibits a fracture toughness of 0.60 MPam1/2 or more, and a Young’s modulus from about 50 GigaPascals to about 100 GigaPascals.
31. A natively colored glass housing for an electronic device comprising: the glass article of any one of claims 1-30; circuitry comprising an antenna that transmits signals within a range of 26 GHz to 40 GHz; the glass article at least partially surrounding the circuitry; and a structure formed as an integral portion of the glass article, wherein the structure comprises a perimeter demarcating a second thickness of the structure that differs from the thickness of the glass article by at least 150 pm, wherein the antenna is positioned and oriented such that the signals are transmitted through the structure of the glass sheet of the panel of the housing.
32. A natively colored glass housing for a consumer electronic device, the housing comprising: the glass article of any one of claims 1-30; and a reflector layer disposed on the glass article, the reflector layer is opaque and has a CIE L* value > 70, wherein the thickness of the glass article is from about 30 micrometers to about 5 millimeters, a total transmittance of at least one 10 nm band within the wavelength range of 380 nm to 750 nm through the first thickness is from 3% to 80%.
33. A consumer electronic product, comprising: a housing comprising a front surface, a back surface, and side surfaces; electrical components at least partially within the housing, the electrical components comprising a controller, a memory, and a display, the display at or adjacent the front surface of the housing; and a cover substrate disposed over the display, wherein at least one of a portion of the housing comprises the glass article of any one of claims 1-30.
34. A glass article comprising: a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface, and a thickness therebetween; particulates distributed throughout a volume of the glass article, the particulates comprising a colorant and forming clusters having adjacent pairs of the particulates within 15 micrometers of one another, and wherein the glass article exhibits a CIE L* value of about 50 or more, an absolute value of a CIE a* value of the glass article is about 0.3 or more, and an absolute of the CIE b* value of the glass article is about 0.2 or more.
35. The glass article of claim 34, wherein at least some of the clusters have a maximum dimension within a range from 2 pm to 40 pm.
36. The glass article of any one of claims 34-35, wherein the colorant comprises chromium, cerium, cobalt, gold, silver, nickel, or combinations thereof.
37. The glass article of claim 36, wherein a concentration of the colorant is about 50 ppm or more.
38. The glass article of claim 37, wherein the concentration of the colorant is up to about 10,000 ppm in the glass article.
39. The glass article of any one of claims 33-38, wherein 80% or more of a distribution of a maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is from about 30 nm to about 50 pm.
40. The glass article of any one of claims 34-39, wherein a maximum value of the maximum dimension of the plurality of particulates is about 50 pm or less.
41. The glass article of any one of claims 34-40, wherein the plurality of particulates further comprises a set of particulates with a maximum dimension from 30 nm to 2 pm.
42. The glass article of any one of claims 34-41, wherein a concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article is about 10 particulates per kilogram of the glass article or more.
43. The glass article of claim 42, wherein the concentration of the plurality of particulates in the glass article ranges from about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article to about 100 particulates per kilogram of the glass article.
44. The glass article of any one of claims 34-43, wherein the glass article comprises a CIE a* value from about -15 to -1.
45. The glass article of any one of claims 34-44, wherein the CIE b* value is from about 1.5 to about 5.
46. The glass article of any one of claims 34-45, wherein the CIE L* value is from about 80 to 96.
47. The glass article of any one of claims 34-46, further comprising a structure formed as an integral portion of the glass article, wherein the structure comprises a perimeter demarcating a second thickness of the structure that differs from the thickness of the glass article by at least 150 pm.
48. A natively colored glass housing for an electronic device comprising: the glass article of any one of claims 34-47; circuitry, the glass article at least partially surrounding the circuitry; and a structure formed as an integral portion of the glass article, wherein the structure comprises a perimeter demarcating a second thickness of the structure that differs from the thickness of the glass article by at least 150 pm.
PCT/US2023/082809 2022-12-16 2023-12-07 Glass articles and natively colored glass housings WO2024129482A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263433119P 2022-12-16 2022-12-16
US63/433,119 2022-12-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024129482A1 true WO2024129482A1 (en) 2024-06-20

Family

ID=89663315

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2023/082809 WO2024129482A1 (en) 2022-12-16 2023-12-07 Glass articles and natively colored glass housings

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024129482A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3779734A (en) * 1968-04-13 1973-12-18 Sticlarie Turda Fab De Method of making copper-colored ruby glass
JP2003160740A (en) * 2001-11-28 2003-06-06 Sanyu:Kk Inorganic white pigment
US8854623B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-07 Corning Incorporated Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample
US20150110990A1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-04-23 Corning Incorporated Methods and Apparatus Providing A Substrate and Protective Coating Thereon

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3779734A (en) * 1968-04-13 1973-12-18 Sticlarie Turda Fab De Method of making copper-colored ruby glass
JP2003160740A (en) * 2001-11-28 2003-06-06 Sanyu:Kk Inorganic white pigment
US8854623B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-07 Corning Incorporated Systems and methods for measuring a profile characteristic of a glass sample
US20150110990A1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-04-23 Corning Incorporated Methods and Apparatus Providing A Substrate and Protective Coating Thereon

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BUBSEY, R.T ET AL.: "Closed-Form Expressions for Crack-Mouth Displacement and Stress Intensity Factors for Chevron-Notched Short Bar and Short Rod Specimens Based on Experimental Compliance Measurements", NASA TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM, vol. 83796, October 1992 (1992-10-01), pages 1 - 30
REDDY, K.P.R ET AL.: "Fracture Toughness Measurement of Glass and Ceramic Materials Using Chevron-Notched Specimens", J. AM. CERAM. SOC., vol. 71, 1988, pages 310 - 313

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6511810B2 (en) Front glass for display device and device with display device
KR102758709B1 (en) Ion-exchangeable, opaque garniture-spinel glass ceramic with high hardness and modulus
JP5110236B2 (en) Colored glass enclosure
CN103429545B (en) Display device chemically reinforced glass
WO2013021975A1 (en) Glass to be chemically reinforced and glass housing
WO2015195435A2 (en) Aluminosilicate glasses
WO2014042200A1 (en) Glass and chemically strengthened glass
JP2014148461A (en) Crystallized glass housing, and electronic equipment
WO2017139552A1 (en) Composite light guide plate
WO2017077943A1 (en) Glass laminate and method for manufacturing glass laminate
KR20200139156A (en) Chemically strengthened glass
JP2022078205A (en) Colored aluminosilicate glass composition, glass article including the same
WO2014042175A1 (en) Glass for chemical toughening and chemically toughened glass
WO2022059326A1 (en) Crystallized glass and reinforced crystallized glass
US20230391666A1 (en) Chemically strengthened glass production method and chemically strengthened glass
CN109477626A (en) Glassware comprising light extraction features
TW201925120A (en) Ceiling lighting system using glass light-guide plate
WO2015137285A1 (en) Glass for chemical strengthening, and chemically strengthened glass
EP3512815B1 (en) High transmission glasses with alkaline earth oxides as a modifier
WO2014196421A1 (en) White glass
WO2024129482A1 (en) Glass articles and natively colored glass housings
US20250085741A1 (en) Glass articles, natively colored glass housings, and methods of making the same
WO2024129477A2 (en) Glass articles, natively colored glass housings, and methods of making the same
WO2014007222A1 (en) Glass production method and chemically strengthened glass
WO2024129481A1 (en) Glass articles, natively colored glass housings, and methods of making the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23844239

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1